Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / ePlus

ePlus

plus · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker plus
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · ePlus
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Enabling trusted 
and intuitive  
access to financial 
opportunities

Plus500 Ltd. Annual Report 2021

WELCOME

Plus500 delivered an excellent operational 
and financial performance in 2021 and we 
made significant progress with our strategic 
roadmap to develop our position as a leading 
global multi-asset fintech group. Given the 
strong positive momentum delivered by the 
Group in recent years, the Board continues to 
expect that Plus500 will deliver sustainable 
growth over the medium to long-term.

David Zruia, Chief Executive Officer

Read more in the CEO’s Q&A on pages 7 – 11

Plus500 Ltd. (“Plus500”, the “Company” or, together with its subsidiaries, the “Group”) is a 
global multi-asset fintech group operating proprietary technology-based trading platforms.

2021 headlines

An outstanding year of positive operational and financial momentum:

 – Excellent performance across all key metrics, including consistently strong 

levels of Customer Income1;

 – Significant milestone of over 22 million registered customers achieved on 

Plus500’s platforms; 

 – Major opportunity to leverage this latent customer base, through new retention, 
activation and monetisation activities and technology-based initiatives, including 
new premium account offering; 

 – Continued high customer engagement, driven by Plus500’s market-leading 

technology-based offering and brand recognition; and

 – Robust financial position further strengthened, with substantial improvement 

in cash balance. 

Excellent progress in developing Plus500’s strategic position as a global 
multi-asset fintech group:

 – Significant progress made, in line with strategic plans to broaden Plus500’s 
product range from its single product focus, helping to diversify the Group’s 
revenue streams and geographic footprint;

 – The Group’s first ever acquisitions made to establish Plus500’s position in the 
high growth markets of futures and options on futures, to be developed through 
continued investment in technology integration and a multi-dimensional market-
ing approach;

 – Successful launch of a proprietary share dealing platform, ‘Plus500 Invest’, with 

further roll-out in FY 2022; and

 – On-going organic investments in marketing technologies, technology innovation 
and product development, supported by the established R&D centres in Israel. 

Further strategic developments achieved in Q1 2022:

 – New regulatory licence granted in Estonia, which will further support the Group’s 
business across European markets in its core product offering, complementing 
the Group’s existing portfolio of regulatory licences globally; and

 – Completed acquisition of a Type 1 regulated firm in Japan, expanding the 
Group’s geographic footprint and representing a major growth opportunity 
within the substantial retail trading market in Japan. 

Further improvements on governance, regulation, social responsibility 
and risk management matters:

 – New Independent Non-Executive Directors appointed, including Prof. Jacob A. 
Frenkel as Chair, expanding the range of experience of the Board of Directors of 
the Company (“the Board”) and further diversifying its composition, as well as 
enabling greater access to new growth markets, in particular the US; 

 – Consistent focus on sustainability initiatives, including donations to local com-
munity projects and on-going emphasis on customer care and protection; and

 – Targeted hedging strategy initiated to minimise market risk. 

Attractive returns continue to be delivered to shareholders, including 
dividends and share buybacks to the amount of $200.2m related to FY 2021:

 – Dividend payments in respect of FY 2021 of $120.0m ($1.1916 per share), 

comprising:
 – Final dividend of $37.8m ($0.3777 per share);
 – Special dividend of $22.2m ($0.2218 per share); and
 – Interim dividend of $60.0m ($0.5921 per share). 

 – Share buyback programmes in respect of FY 2021 of $80.2m, including $67.6m 

in H2 2021, comprising:
 – New programme to purchase up to $55.0m of the Company’s shares, which 
includes a final buyback of $25.2m and a special buyback of $29.8m; and
 – A programme of $12.6m was announced in August 2021 in respect of H1 
2021, with an additional programme of $12.6m, announced in October 
2021, as part of the FY 2021 final programme.

s

Contents 

  Strategic report

Group at a Glance
Chair’s Statement
Q&A with the Chief Executive Officer
Our Technology
Our Purpose, Strategy and Key Differentiators
Our Strategy in Action
Our Business Model
Key Performance Indicators
Key Stakeholder Relationships
Our ESG (Environmental, Social, Governance) Approach
Financial and Business Review
Group Tax Policy
Risk Management Framework
Going Concern and Viability Statement

2
4
7
14
20
22
24
26
28
30
38
40
41
46

  Governance

48
Governance at a Glance
50
Chair's Introduction to Governance
UK Corporate Governance Code Compliance Statement 51
52
Board of Directors
54
Governance Report
59
Shareholder Engagement
60
Report of the Nomination Committee
64
Report of the Audit Committee
69
Report of the Regulatory & Risk Committee
71
Report of the ESG Committee
74
Report of the Remuneration Committee
81
Directors' Remuneration Report
89
Directors' Report
91
Corporate Law
92
Directors' Responsibility Statement

  Financial Statements

Independent Report of the Auditors
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

94
98
99
100
101
102

  Further information

Advisors 

Inside back cover

1  Customer Income – Revenue from CFD Customer Income (customer 
spreads and overnight charges) and Non-CFD Customer Income 
(commissions from the Group’s futures and options on futures operation 
and from ‘Plus500 Invest’, the Group’s share dealing platform) 

2  EBITDA – Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation
3  New Customers – Customers depositing for the first time
4  Active Customers – Customers who made at least one real money trade 

during the period

5  ARPU – Average Revenue Per User 
6  AUAC – Average User Acquisition Cost

1

2021 Financial highlights

Revenue

$718.7m

EBITDA Margin %

54%

EBITDA2

$387.1m

Cash balance at year end

$749.5m

2021 Operational highlights

New Customers3 

196,336

ARPU5 

$1,764

Active Customers4 

407,374

AUAC6 

$877

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
Group at a Glance

A GLOBAL MULTI-ASSET 
FINTECH GROUP

Our purpose 

Enabling trusted and intuitive access to financial 
opportunities.

Across financial instruments 
Through broad product range.

Across countries
Through global scale with localised services.

Across devices
Through best-in-class technology.

Read more on pages 20 – 21

Our strategy 

Strengthening our position as a multi-asset fintech group 
over time by expanding our core product offering in new 
and existing markets, launching new trading and financial 
products and deepening our engagement with customers. 

Read more about our strategy on pages 22 – 23

Our values 

Technology driven
Our state-of-the-art proprietary technology enables our 
product leadership and agility.

Strive for excellence
We do not compromise on the quality of our products or 
on the talent of our people.

Customer-centric approach
Our customers are at the centre of every decision we make, 
to ensure we deliver best-in-class service. 

Committed to operating sustainably and responsibly
We are focused on carrying out a range of ESG initiatives 
to deliver tangible value for our stakeholders.

Read more in our ESG report on pages 30 – 37

Plus500 is a global multi-asset fin-
tech  group  operating  proprietary 
technology-based trading platforms. 
Plus500 offers customers a range of 
trading products, including Contracts 
for  Difference  (“CFDs”)  and  share 
dealing, as well as futures and op-
tions on futures. Plus500 has a pre-
mium listing on the Main Market of 
the London Stock Exchange (symbol: 
PLUS)  and  is  a  constituent  of  the 
FTSE 250 index.

50+ 

Countries where 
Plus500 trading 
platforms are 
available 

450+ 

Employees at 
Plus500 globally

22+ million

Registered customers on Plus500 platforms 
globally since inception 

2

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur global position

Chicago

Tallinn

London

Sofia

Limassol

Haifa (HQ)
Tel-Aviv

Tokyo

Global operations 
conducted from our 
local offices 
worldwide 

Victoria

Singapore

Plus500 licences 
The Group retains operating licences and is regulated in the United Kingdom, Australia, Cyprus, Israel, New Zealand, South Africa, 
Singapore, the Seychelles, the United States, Estonia and Japan¹

Sydney

Our competitive advantages and differentiators

Our technology

Our track record

Our leadership,  
people and culture

Our agile  
business model

Powers our products, 
operations and marketing

Strong financial performance 
since IPO in 2013

Technological expertise 
embedded across the business

Ensuring a customer- 
centric approach

+   Proprietary, wholly owned, 
managed and operated by 
Plus500

+   Drives our customer-centric 

approach

+   Significant investment in R&D 
to drive continued innovation

+   Supports our continued 

compliance with regulatory 
standards

+ 25.7% revenue CAGR2

+  Flexible cost base with 
average annual EBITDA 
margin of c.57%

+  Strong balance sheet, highly 
cash generative and debt-free

+  Approximately $1.4 billion 
returned to shareholders in 
dividends and share 
buybacks

+   Highly skilled leadership team 
with long-standing experience 
in technology and financial 
services

+   Strong track record in 

attracting and retaining the 
best technology talent in 
Israel, the “start-up nation”

+   Entrepreneurial, high 

performance culture, with 
customers at the centre

+   Unique edge in attracting and 
retaining customers through 
multiple channels

+  Proven business model 

serving customers globally 
for over a decade 

+  Strong brand and reputation

+  Continued focus on customer 

care and protection

+  Drives attractive ROI3

1.  Estonia and Japan obtained during Q1 2022. 
2.   CAGR – Compound Annual Growth Rate.
3.   ROI – Return on Investment.

3

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report   
 
   
Chair’s Statement

DELIVERING  
STAKEHOLDER VALUE

I look forward to 
continuing to lead our 
Board, as we ensure 
Plus500 delivers further 
value for our stake-
holders in the future. 

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, Chair

In my first statement as Chair of the Board of Directors of the Company 
(the “Board”), I would like to express my sincerest gratitude to our 
shareholders for approving my appointment at the Company’s AGM 
on 4 May 2021. 

It is a huge honour to be Chair of the Board of Plus500 at such an 
exciting time for the Group. Led by our talented management team, 
supported by our highly skilled people worldwide and driven by our 
market-leading proprietary technology, Plus500 is very well placed to 
access a range of growth opportunities to further diversify our business 
going forward.

Having been Chair for almost a year, it is clear that we also have a 
strong and diverse Board, which functions very effectively and col-
laboratively. I look forward to continuing to lead our Board, as we ensure 
the business delivers further value for our stakeholders in the future.

An outstanding performance in FY 2021, with significant strategic 
progress made
FY 2021 was another year of major operational, financial and strategic 
success for Plus500, building on our long track record of performance 
since the Company’s IPO in 2013. Since the IPO year, Plus500 has 
delivered revenue CAGR1 of 25.7%, resilient EBITDA margins averaging 
57% and generated cash from operations of approximately $2.4 billion. 

The Group delivered continued operational momentum in FY 2021, 
which translated into another outstanding financial performance across 
all metrics, well ahead of pre-pandemic levels. Total revenue for the 
year was $718.7m, which drove EBITDA to the level of $387.1m. The 
Group’s balance sheet position remained very robust, with a cash bal-
ance at the end of FY 2021 of $749.5m.

FY 2021 was a ground-breaking year for Plus500 from a strategic 
perspective, with excellent progress made in developing our position 
as a global multi-asset fintech group. We made significant headway in 
diversifying our product portfolio and geographic footprint during the 
year, with the Group making its first ever acquisitions.

1.   CAGR – Compound Annual Growth Rate.

Revenue 

$718.7m

2021

2020

$718.7m

$872.5m

2019

$354.5m

Total shareholder returns of approx.

$1.4bn

delivered since IPO, in dividends and share buybacks 

2021

2020

2019

$200.2m

$278.3m

$151.7m

Read more in our Financial and Business Review on pages 38 – 40

4

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur investment case

Our purpose is supported by  
a robust investment case

State-of-the-art  technological 
platforms

Strong global marketing technol-
ogy capabilities 

Market-leading core product of-
fering with potential expansion 
into new regions and products

Supportive market environment 
with long-term structural growth

Long-standing, high value and di-
verse customer base

Robust financial profile with long 
term track record of growth

These acquisitions immediately expanded our geographic footprint 
and product offering in the significantly growing, but under-penetrated, 
US retail trading market in futures and options on futures. In addition, 
our product range was further expanded during the year with the launch 
of a new share dealing platform, ‘Plus500 Invest’, which was developed 
in-house. More details on this excellent strategic progress are included 
in the CEO Q&A on the following pages.

In addition, our portfolio of operating licences was further expanded 
with the addition of a new licence in Estonia, granted by the Estonian 
Financial Supervision Authority in February 2022. This new licence will 
further support our business across European markets in our core 
product offering and is supported by the establishment of a new local 
regulated subsidiary. In March 2022, following a lengthy assessment 
of the market opportunity in Japan, the Company completed an acqui-
sition of a local firm regulated by Japan’s Financial Services Agency. 
This represents a major growth opportunity for Plus500, through an 
immediate presence in the substantial retail trading market in Japan. 
Our portfolio of licences is an increasingly valuable asset for the Group, 
given its scarcity and the growing complexity of obtaining new licences. 

As a result of our strategic progress and operational performance in 
FY 2021, supported by a clear and rigorous plan to further invest in the 
future growth of our business, the Group has entered FY 2022 in an 
excellent position.

The growth outlook for Plus500
The Board continues to expect that Plus500 will deliver sustainable 
growth from all of the Group’s product offerings over the medium term. 

This expectation is supported by the Group’s significant operational 
and financial momentum over recent years, which validates our clear 
and comprehensive strategic roadmap. Future growth will be enabled 
by on-going investment in developing our position as a global multi-
asset fintech group, in particular through further organic investments 
in technology, marketing and people, by actively targeting additional 
acquisitions and activating potential strategic partnerships. 

The positive momentum achieved by Plus500 in recent years has 
continued to date in FY 2022, driven by the on-going underlying strength 
of Customer Income. Consequently, the Board remains confident about 
Plus500’s prospects for FY 2022. 

Continued focus on Corporate Governance and engagement with 
the investment community 
The Board remains focused on its key priorities in Corporate Govern-
ance, supported by our on-going engagement with shareholders and 
potential investors, analysts and shareholder advisory bodies. 

There were a number of Independent Non-Executive Director appoint-
ments to the Board during the year, as well as my own appointment 
as Chair, namely Ms. Tami Gottlieb and Ms. Sigalia Heifetz, both of 
whom have already added great value to the Board. Also, in Q1 2022, 
Prof. Varda Liberman was appointed as an additional Independent 
Non-Executive Director. 

These appointments have broadened the range of the Board’s experi-
ence and expertise and further diversified its gender composition, 
ensuring that the representation of women on the Board is ahead of 
the 33% target set by the Hampton-Alexander Review on gender equal-
ity in leadership positions. 

1.   CAGR – Compound Annual Growth Rate.

5

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportChair’s Statement continued

Furthermore, all of our Board members have built long-term, global 
relationship networks, which will potentially be leveraged by Plus500, to 
help gain greater access to new growth markets, in particular the US. 

We continue to place major focus on engaging with key stakeholders 
within the global investment community. I met with our major sharehold-
ers during the year, while our Executive Management maintained regular 
dialogue with shareholders and potential investors throughout FY 2021, 
to ensure investors were kept up-to-date with our strategic progress and 
operational performance. In addition, these meetings were used to gather 
investors’ helpful perspectives and insights on our business, on our 
sector and on the overall outlook for global capital markets. 

We will continue to engage with the investment community going 
forward, by further enhancing and expanding the range, reach and 
focus of our investor contact programme, through additional com-
munication channels and platforms. 

Ensuring an optimised organisational culture remains crucial
Having met many of our people within the business since joining the 
Board, I have been extremely impressed by their energy, dedication, 
expertise and skill sets. This is particularly notable, given the challenges 
that have been faced by our people in their daily lives and working envi-
ronment, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic over the last two years. 

Our head office is in Israel, a major global hub for technology and 
innovation, where there is a skilled and educated workforce which is 
highly trained in all elements of technological developments. 

Plus500 has fostered an entrepreneurial and high-performance organ-
isational culture, designed to drive employee attraction and retention, 
that reflects Israel’s technology-based environment. We aim to continue 
to replicate this cultural mindset in each of our global operating sub-
sidiaries, as we have done historically. 

The Board continues to monitor and review the Group’s culture, values 
and performance primarily through regular discussions with our Exec-
utive Directors, senior management and their teams. This engagement 
is driven by Steve Baldwin, an Independent Non-Executive Directors, in 
his role as a workforce engagement representative on the Board. 

This helps to provide a channel through which our employees worldwide 
can share their views and concerns directly to the Board, to help inform 
the Board’s approach to supporting on-going improvements in our 
organisational culture and values. 

On that note, I would like to take this opportunity, on behalf of the Board, 
to thank all of our people for their continued commitment and focus, 
as we continue to do all we can to maintain their personal development, 
health and well-being.

Regulatory compliance remains a cornerstone of the Group’s 
approach 
The Group maintains a highly robust, customer-centric approach to 
compliance, supported by our expertise in the applicable global regulatory 
standards and our long-standing relationships with the regulators in the 
markets and industries in which we operate. We support measures 
introduced by regulators, with a view to ensuring better care and protec-
tion for all customers. 

Global regulatory alignment has continued in the industries in which 
we operate, with recent regulatory changes being mirrored across 
various territories. The most recent regulatory changes in the CFD 
industry were implemented by the Australian Securities & Investment 
Commission in March 2021. The Group is supportive of, and compliant 
with, these changes, which are expected to enhance the CFD trading 
landscape and provide additional protection for customers. The impact 
of these regulatory changes on Plus500’s operational and financial 
performance is in line with our initial expectations. With an established 
global regulatory network, managed by our regulated subsidiaries and 
overseen centrally, Plus500 remains well positioned for potential future 
changes to the regulatory environment across the markets in which 
we operate. 

The Board continues to ensure shareholders are rewarded with 
an appropriate level of returns 
The Board continues to assess the availability of excess capital going 
forward, to ensure that an optimal balance is maintained between 
shareholder returns, investments in future growth and in driving busi-
ness continuity, as we ensure that appropriate levels of available 
capital are maintained for required regulatory purposes and other 
factors. In current market conditions, and given the Group’s strategic 
position and growth prospects, the Board believes that the appropriate 
level of required capital is approximately $450m. 

For FY 2021, total returns to shareholders amounted to $200.2m. This 
includes dividend payments of $120.0m, including an interim dividend 
of $60.0m, a final dividend of $37.8m and a special dividend of $22.2m. 
Total returns for the year also include share buyback programmes of 
$80.2m, including two programmes of $12.6m each announced in 
August and October 2021, as well as a new programme to purchase 
up to $55.0m of the Company’s shares. The new programme includes 
a final buyback of $25.2m and a special buyback programme of $29.8m. 

The special dividend and special buyback programme are directly 
related to the benefits of the change in tax rate following the Company’s 
accreditation as a Preferred Technological Enterprise by the Israeli Tax 
Authority in FY 2020. Earlier in FY 2022, this accreditation was suc-
cessfully extended up to and including FY 2026, which is a significant 
achievement, bringing additional value for the Group and our sharehold-
ers in the years to come. 

Overall, since our IPO, and including shareholder returns related to 
FY 2021, the Company has returned approximately $1.4 billion to 
shareholders.

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel 
Chair of the Board  
22 March 2022

6

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportQ&A with the Chief Executive Officer

TECHNOLOGY DRIVEN 
PERFORMANCE

Our performance in 
2021 was primarily 
driven by our 
technology and  
our people. 

David Zruia, Chief Executive Officer

Q

Can you sum up your key highlights of FY 2021?

Q

What were the fundamental drivers of this 
performance?

A  FY 2021 was a very busy and positive year for everyone at 
Plus500. The hard work and dedication of our people during the 
year ensured that we delivered on all fronts – operationally, finan-
cially and strategically. 

There were a number of highlights for the Group during the year. 
Firstly, we executed the Group’s first ever acquisitions, which con-
tributed to the diversification and extension of our offering into the 
futures and options on futures market. 

Another highlight was the launch of our new proprietary share 
dealing platform, ‘Plus500 Invest’, which was fully built in-house. 

We also developed and introduced a range of new customer reten-
tion, activation and monetisation technologies across our platforms, 
to ensure continued engagement with our customers over time.

We made strong progress in further developing our approach in 
the areas of Environment, Social and Governance (“ESG”), with a 
view to increasing the Group’s resilience over the long term. This 
has been supported by more detailed disclosure on ESG, as outlined 
on pages 30 – 37 in this report, which we hope provides investors 
with a clear understanding of our key priorities in these areas. 

Finally, of course, a major highlight was our overall operational and 
financial performance, which was consistently strong throughout 
the year.

A  As with previous years, our performance in FY 2021 was driven 
by two major elements – our technology and our people. 

Every element of our technology is fully and seamlessly integrated 
and inter-connected across our operations, systems architecture, 
product and marketing capabilities. This enables Plus500 to respond 
with agility to customer requirements, fast-emerging market develop-
ments and regulatory changes. It has taken us many years to develop 
this technology, with constant upgrades, continued innovation and 
the introduction of a range of new features, new services and new 
capabilities over the last decade. In FY 2021, we continued to invest 
in our technology infrastructure, to drive growth and scalability. As 
a result, Plus500 is now a highly developed business, with a long 
track record of innovation, and a market-leading technological capa-
bility. 

Our technology is operated by highly skilled engineers and develop-
ers. Across our organisation, in areas such as marketing, operations 
and R&D, we have a base of talented people, which was further 
strengthened in FY 2021 through a major recruitment drive in a 
number of departments.

We aim to continue to develop our people and harness their talent 
by maintaining and further developing a working environment which 
empowers on-going improvements in employee development, through 
training, learning and career progression. This culture has helped to 
drive employee attraction and retention and has ultimately led to 
enhancements in the capability of the Group’s technology. We are 
also dedicated to the well-being of our people and we aim to con-
tinue to provide them with optimal working conditions to support 
a healthy, safe and balanced working environment, particularly 
throughout the challenging period of the COVID-19 pandemic.

7

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportQ&A with the Chief Executive Officer continued

Q

Can you remind us of Plus500’s purpose 
and strategy?

Q

How are you planning to expand your core product 
offering and what are your future plans on this front?

A  Our purpose is to enable trusted and intuitive access to financial 
opportunities for our customers, across a wide range of financial 
instruments, geographies and devices. 

This is being driven by our continued progress as a global multi-
asset fintech group, supported by organic investments and targeted 
acquisitions. In the future, we may also look for potential partner-
ships in order to achieve our strategic ambitions. 

The rationale for this purpose and strategy is that, by expanding 
our product range from our historic single-product focus, we can 
meet more of our customers’ needs, diversify our revenue base, 
broaden our geographic footprint and drive higher customer reten-
tion. This will be achieved by successfully delivering against our 
strategic roadmap of:

 – Expanding our core product offering in new and existing markets;
 – Launching new trading and financial products; and
 – Deepening engagement with customers. 

A  Our core product, CFDs, remains an attractive offering for cus-
tomers around the world, enabling trading on leverage and access 
to market liquidity, while being protected by high levels of customer-
focused regulation. Our product offering is fully aligned with regu-
latory requirements in the countries in which we operate, ensuring 
customer protection through elements like our free unlimited demo 
account and negative balance protection. With our offering, cus-
tomers have the comfort that they are trading on attractive com-
mercial terms and they can access everything they need through 
one multi-channel solution. With a long track record in innovating 
our CFD platform, we offer customers a choice of over 2,500 finan-
cial instruments across a wide range of asset classes, countries 
and languages. We continued to add more instruments, features 
and analysis tools to our core product offering during FY 2021, to 
help further deepen customer engagement. Future growth of our 
core product offering will be driven by further expansion of our 
reach and footprint in new markets, continued enhancement of 
our technological capabilities and the launch of new instruments 
to enhance our offering. 

With substantial untapped customer demand potentially available 
outside of our current geographic footprint, we will continue to 
target new potential markets to launch our core product offering, 
through obtaining operating licences in those markets, either 
organically or via acquisitions. As evidence of this, in February 
2022, we obtained a new licence in Estonia to further support our 
business across Europe in our core product offering. In March 
2022, we made our first acquisition in Japan, which also represents 
our first footprint in this new market and will allow us to offer our 
services locally. I am very excited about the opportunities in the 
substantial Japanese market and I am confident that we will be 
able to maximise those opportunities over the medium to long-term.

Current target markets include various countries in the Americas, 
Asia and the Middle East, with new regulated markets in which we 
do not currently operate, and where there is huge growth potential, 
being a particular focus.

We’re expanding our core product 
offering in new and existing markets

Expanding

8

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportQ

Can you talk about progress on, and future  
plans for, how you are launching new trading  
and financial products?

A  I was particularly pleased with our progress in this area in FY 
2021, as it enabled us to strengthen our position as a multi-asset 
fintech group. There were two major milestones for Plus500 in this 
area. 

Firstly, we executed our first ever acquisitions – Cunningham 
Commodities LLC., a regulated Futures Commission Merchant, 
and Cunningham Trading Systems LLC., a technology trading 
platform provider, which established our position in the futures and 
options on futures market. 

Through these transactions, we immediately expanded our geo-
graphic footprint and product offering in the significantly growing, 
but under-penetrated, retail trading market in futures and options 
on futures. 

In line with our strategic roadmap, the integration of these acquisi-
tions is well underway, with a number of R&D recruitments during 
FY 2021 specifically focused on leveraging Plus500’s best-in-class 
technology to optimise the acquired businesses. Ultimately, this 
will help to deliver market access to the millions of potential cus-
tomers looking for new trading opportunities. We believe that this 
represents a major strategic opportunity for Plus500, as we look 
to expand in this significant market, which is being driven by sub-
stantial management focus and continued investment in technol-
ogy and people. There were record derivatives volumes traded in 
2021 and crypto currency continued to move into the mainstream 
within the industry, with, for example, the launch of Ether, Micro-
Ether and Micro-Bitcoin Futures by the CME in 2021. 

Supported by a clear regulatory framework, Plus500 has a real 
opportunity to be a technology disruptor in this market, where the 
competitive environment is fragmented, the utilisation of technol-
ogy is relatively limited and the range of asset classes for custom-
ers to access is becoming increasingly broad and accessible.

We’ve expanded our 
geographic footprint and 
product offering in the 
significantly growing, 
but under-penetrated, 
US retail trading market 
in futures and options 
on futures.

The second major milestone for us on new products during the 
year was the successful launch of our new share dealing platform, 
‘Plus500 Invest’, in over 15 countries across Europe. At the start 
of FY 2022, it is available through a Web app and a mobile app on 
both Android and iOS. The platform, which was developed in-house 
by Plus500, includes a wide range of around 1,500 financial instru-
ments comprising of the world’s most popular equities, with a high 
quality, user-friendly and intuitive customer experience. 

‘Plus500 Invest’ will be rolled out in additional target markets in 
FY 2022, with new equities and ETFs to be added to the product 
offering, helping to drive our expanded product range and geographic 
footprint. 

9

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportQ&A with the Chief Executive Officer continued

Q

Can you discuss your progress on, and future plans 
for, how you are deepening customer engagement?

Q

Can you talk about Plus500’s operational 
performance in FY 2021?

A  During FY 2021, we laid out our plans to incrementally invest 
approximately $50m in our R&D capability between FY 2021 and 
FY 2023. During FY 2021, we initiated a major re-organisation of 
our R&D department, including the establishment of a new R&D 
centre in Tel-Aviv, and this investment will support the on-going 
recruitment of talented engineers, programmers, web designers 
and product managers at our R&D centres in Israel. In addition, 
this investment will continue, alongside our investment in market-
ing technologies, to support innovation and product development, 
as well as driving major customer-focused initiatives around reten-
tion, monetisation and activation. 

During FY 2021, we have placed an increased emphasis and invest-
ment on developing new retention and monetisation technologies. 
These include tailored and multi-channel customer notification 
strategies to drive retention, conversion and build trust with cus-
tomers. 

We have also launched a new premium account for customers, 
which offers benefits such as professional trading webinars, weekly 
analysis emails and additional tools. We also make sure customers 
have sight of important news and market events, which can present 
them with compelling trading opportunities. 

With a base of over 22 million registered customers, to which such 
initiatives are being targeted, we have a significant opportunity to 
utilise this investment. This will be achieved by re-activating the 
users who are not current Active Customers, through monetisation 
initiatives, as well as targeting users who have never been Active 
Customers. 

A  I am really proud of our operational performance in FY 2021, 
particularly on the back of a record year in FY 2020, which was 
driven by our investment in marketing technologies to drive cus-
tomer engagement. 

Our strong performance during the year was well ahead of pre-
pandemic levels and driven by our on-going success in customer 
retention, monetisation and activation. This ensured that we main-
tained continued high customer engagement, including a high level 
of Active Customers, on our platforms. 

This was fundamentally achieved as a result of the scalability of 
our business and our robust systems architecture, which enables 
our platforms to handle tens of millions of transactions every year. 
In 2021, for example, we seamlessly and efficiently managed over 
57 million customer trades on our platforms, with consistent ser-
vice delivery maintained for our customers, despite many significant 
waves of demand which ramped up at very short notice. 

We on-boarded a total of 196,336 New Customers in FY 2021 and 
our base of Active Customers was 407,374. Both of these metrics 
were well ahead of pre-pandemic levels. The heightened level of 
New Customers on-boarded in the prior year drove Customer Churn1 
in FY 2021 to 51.4%. To illustrate the long-term value creation being 
delivered by our business model, around $493m of revenue in the 
years 2016 to 2021, has been delivered from customers who reg-
istered in 2016, following marketing investment of $125m in that 
year. This represents a 294% return on initial marketing investment, 
demonstrating the long-term revenue potential being driven by 
Plus500’s technology and operating model. 

Customer loyalty remained strong, with 79% of our FY 2021 rev-
enues derived from customers trading on the platforms for more 
than a year, 35% for more than three years and 16% for more than 
five years. 

This high level of customer loyalty gives us great confidence that 
our customers are using our platforms on a sustainable, long-term 
basis, and is the consequence of our continuous investment in our 
product offering, our consistently innovative mindset and our on-
going customer-centric approach. With these factors in mind, we 
see significant long-term potential from the 2021 customer cohort 
going forward. 

Client deposits, another key measure of customer loyalty, remained 
high in FY 2021 at $2.1 billion, further highlighting the continued 
high level of confidence that customers have in Plus500. 

1  Customer Churn: [(Active Customers (T) + New Customers (T+1)) – Active Customers (T+1)]/ Active Customers (T). 

10

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportThe high quality, 
commitment and focus 
of our talented people 
ensures that Plus500 
remains extremely  
well positioned for 
sustainable growth

Q

Finally, what are your thoughts on the future 
for Plus500?

A  I am very excited about the future of our business, particularly 
following our outstanding performance in recent years and the 
great progress we have made against our strategic roadmap to 
develop our position as a global multi-asset fintech group. We 
are now very well placed to access a number of major growth 
opportunities, driven by our market-leading proprietary technol-
ogy platforms, with an increasingly diversified and actively 
expanding product portfolio and geographic footprint. 

What makes me most optimistic about our future is the high 
quality, commitment and focus of our talented people in each 
of our global locations. I am very grateful to all of them for their 
excellent efforts and dedication in ensuring that Plus500 remains 
extremely well positioned for sustainable growth in the future. 

David Zruia 
Chief Executive Officer 
22 March 2022

11

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report“We achieved a major milestone in reaching a total of over 22 million 
registered customers, since Plus500’s inception, on our platforms 
across our global operations. 

“This achievement reflects our market-leading offering and has been 
driven by continued investment in marketing technologies and platform 
development. This substantial latent registered customer base repre-
sents a major opportunity for Plus500 through continued customer 
retention, activation and monetisation initiatives.

“Ultimately, this will enable us to achieve further growth in our Active 
Customer base, thereby increasing revenue and EBITDA over time.”

David Zruia, Chief Executive Officer

22+  
MILLION 
REGISTERED 
CUSTOMERS

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report

12

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report

13

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportMARKET-
LEADING 
PROPRIETARY 
TECHNOLOGY

Plus500’s market-leading proprietary technology ena-
bles it to respond with agility to customer requirements, 
fast-emerging market developments and regulatory 
changes. The Group’s technology is fully integrated and 
inter-connected across its operations, systems archi-
tecture, product and marketing capabilities. 

Read more in Our Technology on pages 16 – 19

14

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report83%Over 83% of the Group’s 

CFD-related revenue 
is generated through 
mobile or tablet devices

15

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report*For illustrative purposesOur Technology

PLUS500’S PROPRIETARY 
TECHNOLOGY

Our proprietary technology stack supports our  
customers in every step of their journey with us:

1

2

Marketing

Operations

3

Product

Marketing  
technology

Verification

On-boarding

On-going 
product 
usage

Product  
upgrades and 
improvements

Further  
products  
added

Customer 
care

Payment  
processing

1

Marketing

2

Operations

3

Product

Our marketing technology efficiently posi-
tions our online marketing campaigns at 
an attractive return-on-investment. The 
marketing technology includes artificial 
intelligence characteristics and its optimi-
sation process is made thanks to its big 
data capabilities. 

Once a customer has decided indepen-
dently to open an account on our platforms, 
the operational element of our technology 
is initiated. 

At that point, customers go through a strin-
gent, rigorous verification and on-boarding 
process, in accordance with the applicable 
regulation, supported by 24/7 localised 
customer care and a best-in-class payment 
processing service, utilising a range of pos-
sible payment methods for our customers. 
This is all achieved “behind the scenes”, 
ensuring the customer experience remains 
efficient and seamless. 

Once on-boarded, the next stage of the 
customer journey is the on-going product 
experience, including a range of educa-
tional and training tools, which is being 
continuously  updated  and  upgraded, 
through new features, new analysis tools, 
new products and new financial instru-
ments. All of these dynamics ensure that 
we can drive customer retention and value 
over time. 

Agile

Our market-leading technology enables us to 
respond with agility to customer requirements

16

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportSupported by a robust systems infrastructure:

Robust system 
architecture

CRM 
platform

Cyber  
security

Risk  
management

Anti-fraud 
management

In-house, tailored technological solutions, equivalent to market-leading SaaS and platform offerings

Systems infrastructure

This customer journey is supported and 
secured by a robust systems infrastructure, 
with a powerful CRM platform, cyber secu-
rity and anti-fraud protection features and 
a robust risk management framework. 
These elements are a crucial part of our 
wholly owned and managed technology 
platform. Also, it is important to note that 
we have scalable and reliable system archi-
tecture and platforms capabilities which 
cater for our customers’ trading activities. 

17

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur Technology continued

Plus500 technology developments during FY 2021
There were a number of important developments made during 
the year across each element of Plus500’s proprietary technol-
ogy stack. 

Marketing 
Plus500 continues to invest in targeted and efficient marketing 
technology initiatives, including big data and artificial intelligence 
(AI) technologies, as well as data analytics. Plus500 continued 
to invest in these initiatives during FY 2021, to drive customer 
acquisition, activation, retention and long-term monetisation. In 
particular, the Group now has a base of over 22 million registered 
customers, to which such initiatives are being targeted, with the 
aim of activating and re-activating the customers who are not 
current Active Customers. 

Such initiatives included multiple customer notification strategies 
and a new premium account for customers, including features 
such as professional trading webinars, weekly analysis emails 
and additional tools. 

Through such initiatives, the Group’s unique and wholly-owned 
marketing technology remains a fundamental driver to the pros-
pects and performance of the Group, driving customer retention 
and cohort value over the long-term.

Operations 
The Group’s technology powers its operations, with a consistent 
focus on cutting-edge customer service, customer on-boarding, 
payment processing and fraud management. During FY 2021, 
the operations team implemented additional technologies to 
enable new payment methods and developed additional tools 

to support product launches and further improvements in cus-
tomer service. 

These actions helped to improve customer engagement, drive 
internal efficiency, support the Group’s focus on people excellence 
and provided an on-going operational platform for future growth. 

Product
During FY 2021, Plus500 expanded its range of proprietary trad-
ing solutions into new markets, new platforms and new products. 

‘Plus500 Invest’ is now available as a fully mobile-compatible iOS, 
Web App and Android product, with a user interface consistent with 
the existing trading experience on Plus500’s core product offering, 
and a wide range of financial instruments for customers to trade. 

This ensures that ‘Plus500 Invest’ has an appropriate and attrac-
tive pricing structure, with advanced charting and analysis tools.

Systems architecture 
The Company continued to invest in its systems architecture 
during the year, to support customer requirements. The imple-
mentation of Google Cloud Services provides further flexibility, 
security and scale to the platform, additional server capacity 
and redundancy, as well as enhanced data analysis, data pro-
cessing and business intelligence capabilities. 

The strength of the Company’s IT infrastructure has ensured 
that the core platform has consistently delivered the capacity 
to support significant volumes, including the multiple volume 
spikes which have rapidly, and sometimes instantly, arisen on 
demand in recent years. 

A multi-layered and multi-channel marketing approach, driven by Plus500 technologies

Paid search

Media partners

Organic search

Content marketing

PR, brand, sponsorships

Performance 
marketing, supported 
by major global 
technology partners, 
such as Google

Partnerships with 
leading financial 
websites and 
portals

Alongside  
paid search 
campaigns

Technology- 
driven educational, 
training and  
news updates

Brand recognition 
through targeted 
PR campaigns 
and leading sports 
sponsorships

DRIVEN BY OUR SOPHISTICATED PROPRIETARY MARKETING TECHNOLOGIES

Artificial Intelligence (AI)

Big data

Data analytics

18

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 10m+

Plus500 app installs  
on Google Play6

Key market trends in FY 2021 and Plus500’s market position
Market volatility across global markets reduced during FY 2021, 
compared to the prior year, but remained relatively high, compared 
to pre-pandemic levels. This ensured continued trading oppor-
tunities for customers, evidenced by the level of usage on 
Plus500’s CFD platform, with over 57 million customer trades 
being executed in FY 2021. 

Continued automation and digitalisation across the global trad-
ing industry drove further accessibility to, and popularity of, 
online channels by customers. To illustrate this, over 83% of the 
Group’s CFD-related revenue being generated from mobile or 
tablet devices with over 79% of CFD-related customer trades 
taking place on mobile or tablet devices in FY 2021. 

These factors supported a continued expansion in size of the 
addressable global trading market, across geographies, product 
types and asset classes.

In this market environment, Plus500, supported by its techno-
logical capabilities and its committed and skilled workforce, 
remained well positioned to support its customers. This is high-
lighted by the Group maintaining its market-leading positions in 
key strategic markets, including Germany1 and Spain2, its rank-
ing as the fastest-growing trading platform in the UK3, and as 
the most chosen CFD platform for its Mobile App in Australia4 
and in Singapore5. In addition, the Plus500 app has now achieved 
over 10 million installs on Google Play6 and achieved a “Top 100 
finance apps” ranking in 36 countries on Google Play and in 35 
countries on the Apple Store7. 

1.  By total number of customer relationships. Investment Trends 2021 

Germany Leverage Trading Report.

2.  By total number of customer relationships. Investment Trends 2021 

Spain Leverage Trading Report.

Regulatory scrutiny continued, ensuring on-going customer 
protection and creating barriers to entry for smaller, non-com-
pliant new operators. This ensured a highly compliant and high 
quality service was delivered for customers across the industry 
as a whole.

3.  Year on year active trader numbers. Investment Trends 2021 UK 

Leverage Trading Report.
Investment Trends 2021 Australia Leverage Trading Report.
Investment Trends 2021 Singapore Leverage Trading Report.

4. 
5. 
6.  Google Play as at 2 February 2022.
7.  App Annie as at 20 December 2021.

19

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur Purpose, Strategy and Key Differentiators

DELIVERING
ON OUR PURPOSE

Our purpose is to enable trusted and intuitive access to financial opportunities 
for our customers, across a wide range of financial instruments, countries and 
devices. This strengthens our position as a global multi-asset fintech group and 
is supported by four key differentiators:

1

2

Our powerful  
proprietary technology

Our long track record

Our proprietary technology remains our fundamental 
competitive advantage, enabling Plus500 to respond 
with agility to customer requirements, fast-emerging 
market developments and regulatory changes. It has 
taken many years to develop this technology, enabling 
Plus500 to build a long track record of innovation and 
a market-leading technological capability.

We have built a long track record of financial perfor-
mance, with over 25% CAGR in revenue since the IPO 
year, and an average EBITDA margin of approximately 
57% in that time. We have remained debt free since the 
business was established and have continued to be 
highly cash generative since that time. 

Plus500 trading platforms available in 

Shareholder returns of 

50+ countries 

$1.4 billion

since IPO in 2013

Read more on pages 16 – 19

Read more on pages 38 – 40

20

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur strategic roadmap

These differentiators ensure that Plus500 is well positioned to 
continue diversifying its revenue streams, product range and 
geographic footprint, based on our strategic roadmap of:

 – Expanding our core product offering in new and existing markets;

To access these opportunities, the Group will continue to invest 
in future growth, through further organic investments and by 
actively targeting additional acquisitions, as well as by activat-
ing potential strategic partnerships, to strengthen our position 
as a global multi-asset fintech group.

 – Launching new trading and financial products; and

 – Deepening engagement with customers. 

3

4

Our leadership, people 
and culture

Our agile  
business model

Our operating track record and technology development 
are testament to the quality of our people. We have 
fostered a high-performance organisational culture, 
reflecting Israel’s technology-based and innovative envi-
ronment. This has been led by a highly skilled manage-
ment team, with specialist expertise and experience in 
technology.

Our agile, customer-centric business model, with its 
unique edge in attracting and retaining customers 
through multiple channels, strong brand and reputation, 
and continued focus on customer care and protection, 
has ensured that we have consistently driven an attrac-
tive Return on Investment (“ROI”) over time and will 
continue to do so. 

Plus500 people 

450+ 

at the end of FY 2021 

Registered customers on the platforms  
globally, since Plus500’s inception 

22+ million

Read more on pages 30 – 33

Read more on pages 24 – 25

21

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur Strategy in Action

DELIVERING ON 
OUR STRATEGY

LAUNCHING 
NEW PRODUCTS

Acquisitions of 
Cunningham and CTS

During FY 2021, Plus500 executed the US acquisitions 
of Cunningham Commodities LLC. (“Cunningham”), a 
regulated Futures Commission Merchant, and Cun-
ningham Trading Systems LLC. (“CTS”), a technology 
trading platform provider, which established the Group’s 
position in the futures and options on futures markets. 
Through these transactions, Plus500 immediately 
expanded its geographic footprint and product offering 
in the significantly growing, but under-penetrated, retail 
trading market in futures and options on futures. 

The integration of these acquisitions is underway, in 
line with our strategic roadmap, with a number of R&D 
recruitments during FY 2021 specifically focused on 
leveraging Plus500’s best-in-class technology to opti-
mise the acquired businesses. Ultimately, this will help 
to deliver market access to the millions of potential 
customers looking for new trading opportunities and 
ideas.

Plus500 aims to be a technology disruptor in this mar-
ket, where the competitive environment is fragmented, 
the utilisation of technology platforms is relatively lim-
ited and the range of asset classes for customers to 
access is becoming increasingly broad and accessible. 
Consequently, by applying Plus500’s best-in-class tech-
nology and expertise, the Group is confident that it will 
be able to offer accessible futures and options on futures 
products to a mass retail audience, thereby delivering 
on a major market opportunity. 

22

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportWe believe that the global 
futures market is a major 
strategic opportunity for 
Plus500, as we look to expand 
in this significant potential 
market, which is being driven by 
substantial management focus 
and continued investment in 
technology and people.

David Zruia, Chief Executive Officer

23

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur Business Model

AN AGILE, CUSTOMER-
CENTRIC BUSINESS

Resources and relationships

How we create and maximise value

Responding to market trends…

Market environment: volatility drives opportunities 
for customers to trade

Continued growth in popularity of trading: size of 
the addressable market continues to grow

Further automation across the industry: greater 
accessibility to digital channels by customers

On-going regulatory scrutiny: ensures continued 
customer protection

With a clear purpose and strategy…

Our purpose is to enable trusted and intuitive access to finan-
cial opportunities for our customers, across a wide range of 
financial instruments, countries and devices, to drive our con-
tinued progress as a global multi-asset fintech group.

Underpinned by…

Comprehensive risk management
Proprietary risk management that incorporates 
real-time functionality risk management systems 
and trading threshold triggers to reduce risk

Sound governance
The Plus500 Board is comprised of a diversified 
and highly experienced group of individuals with 
extensive knowledge across a number of disciplines, 
in particular financial services and technology 

Our  robust  and  scalable  business  model  cre-
ates value for our stakeholders

Financial position
The Group has built a strong financial track 
record, maintaining a debt-free balance sheet 
since inception, with a lean and flexible cost 
structure. Read more on page 38

Regulators
Continued compliance with appropriate global 
regulatory standards. Read more on page 28

People 
Our people are crucial in the on-going optimi-
sation and management of the Group’s tech-
nology platforms and its ability to attract and 
retain customers. Read more on pages 30 – 33

Technology
Plus500 operates its robust and agile trading 
platforms which are based on its proprietary 
technology. Read more on page 16

Marketing Partnerships
Plus500 has marketing partnerships and 
sponsorship  agreements  to  support  its 
efforts in attracting customers and driving 
brand awareness in strategic markets. Read 
more on page 29

24

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportValue created in FY 2021

How we share value

EBITDA

$387.1m

Shareholders and investors
The Group has delivered attractive returns through ordinary 
and special dividends as well as ordinary and special share 
buybacks. Total returns in dividends and share buybacks 
since IPO in 2013 amount to approximately $1.4 billion 

Basic earnings per share

$3.06 

Operating cash conversion1

99%

Regulators
The Group engages with regulators to ensure the integrity 
of the industry remains robust, contributing to round table 
discussions within the industry and holding regular dialogue 
with global and regional regulators

People 
Plus500 offers rewarding and interesting careers, with oppor-
tunities for our people to achieve long term development 
and career progression

Shareholder returns 

$200.2m

Customers
Customers enjoy highly rated, robust and scalable, user-
friendly trading platforms, which are tailored for mobile usage. 
Intuitive navigation and consistency minimises the learning 
curve between devices and improves user experience

Customer deposits

$2.1bn

Marketing partners
The cooperation of the Company with its marketing partners 
provides all parties with economic value and synergy

1.   Operating cash conversion: Cash generated from operations / EBITDA.

25

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportKey Performance Indicators

MEASURING OUR 
PERFORMANCE

Our Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) can be used to bench-
mark the Group’s performance and our ability to drive returns on 
investment over time. 

Financial KPIs

REVENUE

EBITDA

Revenue

$718.7m

in FY 2021

EBITDA

$387.1m

in FY 2021

2021

2020

2019

$718.7m

$872.5m

2021

2020

$387.1m

$515.9m

$354.5m

2019

$192.3m

What it is
The Group’s revenue is the income it generates through 
Customer Income and Customer Trading Performance.1

Why we measure it
Revenue is a measure of the Group’s ability to maxim-
ise the strength of its technology, representing the total 
income generated from customer transactions in the 
relevant financial period.

What it is
EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation. 

Why we measure it
EBITDA is a measure of the Group’s profitability and 
can be used to directly compare the Group’s profitabil-
ity to that of other companies and other sectors.

Read more on pages 38 – 40

Read more on pages 38 – 40

26

1  Customer Trading Performance – gains/losses on customers’ 

trading positions

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportNon-financial KPIs

ARPU

AUAC 

2021

2020

2019

$1,764

$2,009

$1,775

What it is
ARPU is calculated by dividing the revenue by the num-
ber of Active Customers in the relevant period.

Why we measure it
This measure helps to provide an understanding of the 
average revenue we are generating on a customer-by-
customer basis. This helps us to identify and optimise 
our customer acquisition strategies to deliver an attrac-
tive return-on-investment over time.

2021

2020

2019

$877

$750

$1,046

What it is
AUAC shows the average cost of attracting a new cus-
tomer and is calculated by dividing our total marketing 
expenses by the number of New Customers in the 
relevant period.

Why we measure it
AUAC is a reflection of the marketing cost of recruiting 
new customers in the relevant period.

ACTIVE CUSTOMERS 

NEW CUSTOMERS 

2021

2020

2019

407,374

434,296

2021

2020

196,336

294,728

199,720

2019

91,388

What it is
Active Customers are customers who made at least 
one trade using real money (rather than trading through 
a demo account) on the trading platform in the relevant 
period.

Why we measure it
This measure reflects the level of customer activity on 
the trading platform during the relevant period. It is an 
indicator of how successful the Group is in attracting 
and retaining customers, with a view to delivering sus-
tainable revenue and profits.

What it is
New Customers are customers who have deposited 
real money into their trading account for the first time.

Why we measure it
This metric tracks the number of new customers the 
Group attracts on a year-on-year basis. This helps us 
to understand the success of our technological capa-
bilities and effectiveness of marketing initiatives. 

27

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportKey Stakeholder Relationships

ENGAGING WITH  
OUR STAKEHOLDERS

The Group aims to develop long-lasting 
and valuable relationships with its key 
stakeholders through open and consistent 
engagement and communication, with a 
view to ensuring their perspectives and 
concerns are clearly understood by the 
Board  and  fully  incorporated  into  the 
Board’s discussions and decision-making.

Customers

People

Regulators

Why we engage
Regulatory oversight is an integral part 
of the Group’s business, as its regulated 
subsidiaries retain operating licences and 
are  supervised  by  various  regulators 
around the world, to ensure that we are 
offering our service within the appropriate 
regulatory rules and guidelines. Regula-
tory  compliance  procedures  are  con-
stantly reviewed and enhanced, with a 
culture of compliance embedded within 
the business, including open and con-
structive communications with relevant 
regulatory bodies.

How we engage 
The Group communicates with regulators 
on an on-going, constructive and open 
basis and we participate in a number of 
regulators’ co-ordination groups. In addi-
tion, we contribute to public consultations 
issued by regulators on relevant industry 
matters.

Key focus areas
 – Continued monitoring of and compli-
ance  with  appropriate  laws,  global 
regulatory standards and industry best 
practices;

 – Rapid implementation of regulatory 
changes, driven by our proprietary tech-
nology; and 

 – On-going communication with, and sup-
port of, regulators in current and poten-
tial future regulatory jurisdictions.

Why we engage
We aim to ensure that Plus500 continues 
to provide a consistent, best-in-class ser-
vice to our customers and that we con-
tinue to listen to our customers about 
their requirements and interests. This 
approach helps Plus500 to retain existing 
customers and attract new customers. 
In addition, we aim to ensure our cus-
tomer care and protection is maintained, 
through educational tools and risk man-
agement features.

How we engage 
We engage with customers through an 
omni-channel customer-centric approach. 
We provide 24/7 customer support, which 
is available in multiple languages across 
a number of channels. 

We also provide customers with a range 
of educational and training tools to sup-
port them with their trading activities. 
CFD customers are able to use our free 
demo account on an unlimited basis, 
through which they can try our service in 
a risk-free environment.

In addition, we conduct customer surveys 
to  better  understand  their  views  on 
Plus500’s service, so that we can con-
tinue to innovate and develop our product, 
based on customer feedback.

Key focus areas
 – Consistent level of service delivery;
 – Continued 24/7 customer service avail-

ability; 

 – Further expansion of range of educa-

tional and training tools;

 – Provision of negative balance protection 
and other embedded risk management 
features, to ensure customer care and 
protection is maintained; and

 – On-going customer surveys to ensure 
we  remain  cognisant  of  customer 
requirements.

Why we engage
Organisational culture and employee well-
being are critical in ensuring that our 
service is delivered to customers, through 
the on-going development of our technol-
ogy by our people, on a consistent, long-
term basis. With this in mind, the Group 
regards its talented and committed peo-
ple as its key asset to enable its technol-
ogy.

How we engage 
The Group undertakes regular evaluation 
processes for our people and provides 
competitive reward packages to attract 
and retain high quality people. We encour-
age our people to participate in training, 
learning and development, and make 
them aware of possible career progres-
sion opportunities within the Group. 

We provide our people with a dynamic 
work environment, with high quality office 
facilities,  including  a  number  of  new 
offices opened during the year, and the 
opportunity to engage in a number of 
social activities and community engage-
ment programmes. In addition, we sup-
ported  our  people  to  work  remotely 
throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. 

One of our Non-Executive Directors, Steve 
Baldwin, is the workforce engagement 
representative on the Board to provide a 
channel through which our people can 
raise their views directly to the Board, 
informing the Board’s approach to sup-
porting improvements in organisational 
culture. 

Key focus areas
 – Consistent internal communication on 
developments within the Group and 
across our industry;

 – Continued opportunities for training, 
learning, development and career pro-
gression; and

 – Continued communication of people 

matters to the Board.

28

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportCommunities

Investors

Why we engage
Engagement with local communities is 
crucial from social welfare and sustain-
ability perspectives and, with this in mind, 
the Group continues to support its local 
communities.

How we engage 
The Group participates in a number of 
projects to support and assist local com-
munities and charities. These include 
on-going monetary contributions and the 
provision of resources and equipment to 
a number of charities, non-profit organisa-
tions, community centres and disadvan-
taged families in local communities. 

The Group also maintains strategic part-
nerships and alliances with community 
partners, including our on-going collabo-
ration with top tier academic institutions, 
for example the Technion – Israel Institute 
of Technology, through which we par-
ticipate in several innovation and entre-
preneurship initiatives.

Why we engage
Plus500 aims to provide fair, balanced 
and understandable information to inves-
tors and shareholders, to ensure their 
continued support of the Company. Main-
taining a close connection to its share-
holders through clear and transparent 
dialogue continues to be a major focus 
for the Group. The Company continues 
to seek ways in which to enhance its 
relationship with investors.

How we engage 
An  open  dialogue  with  investors  is 
achieved through meetings, results pres-
entations, conference attendance and 
group meetings, such as the Annual Gen-
eral Meeting. In addition, the Company 
produces a variety of investor-focused 
material, including annual reports, news 
published on the Regulatory News Service 
and investor presentations. These are 
available on a recently refreshed and 
updated dedicated Investor Relations 
website. 

Key focus areas
 – Continued financial donations; 
 – On-going  supply  and  provision  of 

resources and equipment; 

Key focus areas
 – On-going transparent dialogue with 

investors;

 – Open lines of communication for share-

 – Further employee engagement in local 

holders;

community projects; and

 – Continued focus on strategic partner-
ships with top tier academic institutions.

 – Regular collection of investor feedback 
and dissemination to the Board; and
 – Executive management participation in 
investor-focused events and activities.

Marketing partners

Why we engage
Plus500 works with various marketing 
partners, including sports sponsorship 
partners, who support the Group with 
various activities.

How we engage 
We build strong partnerships with market-
ing partners through an open dialogue to 
ensure we can develop long-term valu-
able relationships. 

Our relationships with our marketing part-
ners include the on-going review and 
monitoring of their performance levels, 
to ensure that the Group is achieving qual-
ity and value from its partnerships. Ulti-
mately,  this  helps  to  build  mutually 
beneficial relationships with our market-
ing partners. 

Key focus areas
 – On-going dialogue with our marketing 

partners;

 – Continued fair treatment of marketing 
partners in our dealings with them; and 
 – Consistent focus on innovation and new 
initiatives  to  help  deliver  enhanced 
value from marketing partnerships. 

Connected

We create an open dialogue with our stakeholders 
to ensure their perspectives and concerns are 
clearly understood.

29

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur ESG Approach

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL 
AND GOVERNANCE

The Group’s approach to ESG is aligned to its purpose of enabling trusted and in-
tuitive access to financial opportunities, supported by on-going engagement with 
its customers and also with shareholders and potential investors, analysts, share-
holder advisory bodies, ESG ratings agencies, employees and other stakeholders. 

Introduction
The Board established an ESG Committee in FY 2020 to oversee and 
support the Group’s approach in this area, and this Committee’s report 
for FY 2021, presented by its Chair, Daniel King, can be found on pages 
71 – 73 of this Annual Report. The Committee is supported by an ESG 
working group, comprising of the Company Secretary and Head of 
Investor Relations, with on-going input from a specialist ESG consul-
tancy. 

The Group remains committed to operating responsibly and sustain-
ably in all aspects of its business, carrying out a range of ESG initiatives 
to deliver tangible value for our stakeholders. The Group’s core ESG 
values are:

 – Creating long-term value for our stakeholders;
 – Putting our customers first by leading the industry in which we oper-

ate in and by delivering innovative and high quality products;

 – Maintaining a dynamic and creative work environment for our people 
around the world, which promotes diversity and equal opportunity, 
protects human rights and eliminates discrimination; and

 – Minimising any impact of the Group’s operations on the environment.

In FY 2021, the ESG Committee commissioned a materiality assess-
ment to identify the key ESG priorities and risk factors for the Group, 
based on a series of detailed interviews with a number of key internal 
and external stakeholders. The objective of this assessment was to 
help establish a framework for the Group’s future approach in key ESG 
areas and, ultimately, to increase the Group’s resilience over the long 
term. 

This assessment identified several ESG priority areas for Plus500. 
These areas were: customer care and protection, organisational culture, 
cyber security, systems infrastructure and leadership and governance. 

This year’s ESG report covers the Group’s progress in each of these 
areas in FY 2021, as well as other important related priority areas. In 
addition, this report includes new information and data about the 
Group’s approach to the potential environmental impact of its opera-
tions and incorporating the Group’s initial reporting in relation to the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 

Plus500 continues to take steps to mitigate the risks associated with 
each of these priority areas, supported by on-going engagement with 
key stakeholders. The Key Stakeholder Relationships and Risk Manage-
ment Framework sections on pages 28 – 29 and 41 – 45 of this Annual 
Report outline how the Group is mitigating these risks in more detail. 

Leadership and governance 
It is crucial for Plus500 to remain in compliance with applicable govern-
ance requirements, in particular ensuring the appropriate Board com-
position and diversity (including gender diversity), and maintaining a 
remuneration policy for directors and executives which is aligned to 
long-term shareholder interests. 

In addition, the Board is cognisant that it must continue to attract and 
retain high quality Board membership and Executive Management 
leadership, to ensure the Group continues to deliver a consistently 
strong operational performance and achieve its strategic objectives. 

More details on the Board’s approach to governance, covering each of 
these priority areas, can be found in the Governance section of this 
Annual Report, on pages 54 – 58, with biographies of each Board 
member on pages 52 – 53. 

Customer care and protection 
Customer care and protection, in particular ensuring customers remain 
protected from, and well informed of, the risks of trading, remains a 
critical priority for the Group, in line with regulatory requirements in this 
area. This is not only a specific risk to Plus500, but also across the 
entire industry. 

Measures such as negative balance protection and maintenance mar-
gin protection on the Group’s CFD trading platform remain crucial in 
ensuring customers are well protected, having been embedded in 
Plus500’s technology since its inception. 

In addition, a free demo account is available on an unlimited basis for 
CFD platform customers, while sophisticated risk management tools 
are provided free of charge for customers to manage leveraged expo-
sure, including measures such as stop losses. 

In FY 2021, the Group continued to develop its range of educational 
and training tools and features on its platforms, to help inform custom-
ers of the inherent potential risks involved in trading, as well as ensur-
ing  risk  warnings  are  prominent  on  its  platforms  and  marketing 
materials. 

The Group continues to ensure compliance with global regulatory 
standards in this area and remains well positioned for any potential 
future regulatory changes. This is supported by the Group’s established 
global regulatory network, which is managed by its regulated subsidi-
aries and overseen centrally on an on-going basis.

30

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOrganisational culture 
Organisational culture, with a focus on employee health, safety, 
well-being, welfare and development, is another important priority 
for the Group to drive long-term business resilience. The Group 
aims to continue attracting and retaining high quality talent, which 
ultimately ensures the delivery of a consistent level of high quality 
products and services for customers. 

Employee development
The Group’s head office is in Israel, a major global hub for technol-
ogy and innovation, where there is a skilled and educated workforce 
which is highly trained in all elements of technological development. 
Plus500 has fostered an entrepreneurial and high-performance 
organisational culture that reflects Israel’s technology-based envi-
ronment. The Group aims to replicate this cultural mindset in each 
of its global operating subsidiaries, as has been the case historically.

This has created a working environment which empowers on-going 
improvements in employee development, through training, learning 
and career progression. This includes Group-subsidised training 
programmes for employees to enhance their understanding of a 
number of commercial areas, including technology and marketing. 
The Group also runs a programme which involves a series of expert 
lectures for employees to broaden their knowledge outside of their 
day-to-day roles. 

Furthermore, the Group carries out regular performance evaluation 
programmes for all employees to help continue their development 
and meet their career aspirations at Plus500. 

The Group is committed to fair wages for all employees and ena-
bles them to participate in its success through competitive reward 
packages, alongside share-related benefits that are linked to the 
financial and operational performance of Plus500.

Employee health, safety and well-being
The Group is particularly dedicated to the health, safety and well-
being of its people and aims to continue to provide them with 
optimal working conditions to support a healthy, safe and balanced 
working environment, particularly throughout the challenging period 
of the COVID-19 pandemic. During that time, the Group embraced 
a hybrid working model, enabling flexible working, as well as provid-
ing employees with on-going access to COVID-19 test kits and 
sanitary equipment. 

In addition, the Group provided on-going guidance on well-being 
issues and flexibility around childcare and family support, with 
employees at the Group’s headquarters and certain subsidiaries 
continuing to be offered annual health and medical checks at a 
local hospital. 

31

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportOur ESG Approach continued

Employees at the Group’s headquarters are encouraged to make use 
of Plus500’s office facilities, resources and events, including organised 
social activities, lectures, access to a private gym, yoga and wellness 
classes, team retreats, a varied library, a fully equipped kitchen, meal 
vouchers and other benefits. Furthermore, to help drive even greater 
employee satisfaction, the Group provides gifts and merchandise to 
employees at its headquarters to celebrate such events as public 
holidays and employees’ birthdays and weddings. The Group also holds 
an annual employee event in Israel with various departments arranging 
regular “family days” and team events across its global operations.

The Group’s approach to equal opportunity, protecting human rights 
and employee diversity 
Plus500 is committed to maintaining high ethical standards and pro-
tecting human rights across its operations and supply chain. The 
Company’s Human Rights and Modern Slavery Statement pursuant to 
Section 54 of the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015, can be found on the 
Company’s website. In FY 2021, the Group continued to monitor and 
track potential human rights and modern slavery issues, as part of its 
overall compliance risk management programme. It was found that 
there were no incidences of modern slavery or human rights abuses 
across the Group’s operations. 

The Group is committed to equal opportunity in employment and to 
creating, managing, valuing and promoting diversity and eliminating 
discrimination in its workforce. The Group maintains an Equality, Diver-
sity and Inclusion Policy with respect to candidate selection processes, 
hiring, promotion, compensation, training and assignment of respon-
sibilities, termination or any other aspect of the employment relation-
ship.

The Group is also committed to equality and fairness to all and does 
not provide less favourable facilities or treatment on the grounds of 
age, disability, gender reassignment, marriage and civil partnership, 

pregnancy and maternity, race, ethnic origin, colour, nationality, national 
origin, religion or belief, or gender and gender orientation, social back-
ground, political opinion, sensitive medical conditions or trade union 
membership. 

To this end, Plus500’s people come from diverse backgrounds and the 
Group ensures that all employees, both prospective and current, are 
given access to equal opportunities. All employees, whether they are 
part-time, full-time or temporary, will be treated fairly and with respect.

The Group is committed to:

 – Creating an environment in which individual differences and the con-

tributions of all team members are recognised and valued;

 – Creating a working environment that promotes dignity and respect for 

every person;

 – Not tolerating any form of intimidation, bullying or harassment, and 

disciplining those that breach the policy;

 – Ensuring availability of training, development and progression oppor-

tunities for all of our people;

 – Promoting equality in the workplace;
 – Encouraging anyone who feels they have been subject to discrimina-
tion to raise their concerns and to take those concerns seriously;
 – Regularly reviewing employment practices and procedures so that 

fairness is maintained at all times; and

 – Encouraging our people to treat everyone with dignity and respect.

The Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy is monitored and reviewed 
annually by the Board, with the assistance of the Nomination Commit-
tee and the ESG Committee to ensure that equality and diversity is 
continually promoted in the workplace.

The Group’s organisational culture and mindset has helped to drive 
employee attraction and retention and has ultimately led to the Group’s 
innovation and technological excellence. 

Responsible

Plus500 remains committed to operating 
responsibly and sustainably in all aspects 
of its business, to help deliver tangible 
value for our stakeholders

32

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportGENDER EQUALITY: 
ALL EMPLOYEES (%)

213
(46%)

248
(54%)

 Female

 Male 

More information on the Board’s Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion Policy can be found on 
page 62 of this Annual Report. This policy can 
also be found on the Company’s website

Read more on pages 60 – 63

Gender equality
The Group is committed to the progression of its talented women, with 
female representation across the Group remaining relatively strong. 
Plus500’s gender diversity statistics as at 31 December 2021 were as 
follows:

FEMALE

MALE

TOTAL

Board

3 (38%)

5 (62%)

Senior management 

12 (39%)

19 (61%)

All Employees

213 (46%)

248 (54%)

8

31

461

Senior management in the table above includes executive management 
and the first layer of management below. During FY 2021, gender 
diversity at Board level was improved further through the appointments 
of Sigalia Heifetz as an Independent Non-Executive Director and Tami 
Gottlieb as an Independent Non-Executive Director and External Direc-
tor. Also, as announced in March 2022, Prof. Varda Liberman was 
appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director.

Consequently, as at the date of this Annual Report, female representa-
tion on the Board comprised 44% (four female Directors out of nine 
Directors). Furthermore, following the tenure of Daniel King finishing 
in June 2022, as outlined in more detail on page 50 of the Governance 
section of this Annual Report, female representation on the Board will 
increase to 50% (four female Directors out of eight Board members). 

These appointments not only continue to diversify the Board’s gender 
composition, but also further expand the range of the Board’s expertise, 
knowledge and experience. Plus500 believes that diversity across the 
Board and the Group is an important element in maintaining com-
petitive advantage and effective governance, as well as mitigating the 
risk of a “group think” culture. 

33

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur ESG Approach continued

The Company continued to invest in its systems architecture during 
FY 2021, to support customer requirements. The implementation of 
Google Cloud Services provides further flexibility, security and scale to 
the platforms, additional server capacity and redundancy, as well as 
enhanced data analysis, data processing and business intelligence 
capabilities. This supports the Company’s main data centres, which 
host its trading platforms and major network equipment. 

The strength of the Company’s IT infrastructure has ensured that the 
core platform has consistently delivered the capacity to support sig-
nificant volumes, including the multiple volume spikes which have 
rapidly, and sometimes instantly, arisen on demand in recent years. 

Anti-bribery and corruption
As a company listed in the UK, Plus500 is subject to the UK Bribery 
Act 2010 and, as an Israeli-incorporated company, it is also subject to 
anti-bribery and anti-corruption regulation under applicable Israeli law. 

Plus500 operates a zero tolerance approach to bribery and corruption. 
The Company’s Anti-Bribery Policy ensures it conducts all business in 
an honest and ethical manner whilst acting professionally and fairly 
with integrity in business dealings and relationships. 

This policy applies to all our people, at all levels and grades, as well as 
consultants, contractors, trainees, seconded staff, homeworkers, 
casual workers and agency staff, volunteers, interns, agents, sponsors, 
or any other person associated with us, or any subsidiaries or their 
employees, wherever located. This policy covers:

 – Bribes;
 – Gifts, hospitality and expenses;
 – Facilitation payments;
 – Third party suppliers or agents;
 – Client entertainment and benefits;
 – Lobbying expenditures;
 – Political contributions; and
 – Charitable contributions.

The prevention, detection and reporting of bribery and other forms of 
corruption are the responsibility of all employees of the Group. All 
individuals are required to avoid any activity that might lead to, or sug-
gest, a breach of this policy and to raise any concern, should they have 
any, in this regard to the Company Secretary, who shall keep these 
concerns strictly confidential. Internal control systems and procedures 
are subject to regular audits to provide assurance that they are effec-
tive in countering bribery and corruption.

Training on the Anti-Bribery Policy forms part of the introduction process 
for all of the Group’s new recruits. All of the Group’s employees receive 
regular, relevant training on how to implement and adhere to all aspects 
of the policy and are asked to formally confirm compliance with the 
policy on an annual basis.

Information and data security
Ensuring that the Group’s technology remains highly secure and immune 
from breaches of privacy, particularly around personal information and 
data, is another key priority area. 

Information and data security is managed through a dedicated and 
specialist cyber security team, based at the Group’s headquarters and 
reporting to the Group’s Chief Operating Officer, with ultimate oversight 
from the Audit Committee of the Board. The Group’s IT infrastructure 
production environment is hosted by a third party supplier, which is 
certified under ISO/IEC 27001, ISO 14001, ISO 18001 and ISO 9001 
compliance certifications. 

The cyber security team manages a range of regular training pro-
grammes and activities to all Group personnel (including the Board) to 
ensure consistent and robust management of cyber security risk and 
to minimise any external threats to the Group’s platforms, systems and 
data. As a result of these initiatives, there were no significant security 
or data breaches across the Group’s platforms during FY 2021. 

Systems infrastructure 
Maintaining a robust systems infrastructure, with embedded risk man-
agement features and in-built redundancy, remains crucial to ensure 
that Plus500 customers receive a consistent level of service. This is 
supported by continued investment by the Group in the development 
of its technology. 

34

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportThis Anti-Bribery Policy and its implementation is reviewed on a regu-
lar basis, and annually at Board level, to ensure that Plus500 conducts 
all of its business in an honest and ethical manner.

Plus500 prohibits donations, whether in cash or kind, in support of any 
political parties or candidates. In addition, to avoid criminal offence 
and to protect the Company’s reputation, it is important that the Com-
pany does not become involved with third party criminal activities. To 
this end, the Company continues to ensure that it does not receive 
funds relating to criminal activities which could be associated with 
money laundering (the activity of taking the proceeds of criminal activ-
ity, and disguising the origin, identity and destination of this illicit money 
through a series of transactions). 

Community engagement
The Group encourages its people to get involved and contribute to their 
local communities. Workforce social initiatives are supported by 
Plus500’s Donations Committee comprised of workforce volunteers, 
which oversees the planning and performance of relevant activities, 
with meetings occurring on a quarterly basis. 

During FY 2021, supervised by the Group’s Donations Committee, the 
Group donated approximately $80,000 to various community projects 
and Non-Profit organisations in Israel, including a youth support pro-
gramme and a number of education support and enrichment pro-
grammes for deprived and vulnerable children in local communities. 
In addition, the Group donated IT equipment to various charities and 
local community initiatives.

Plus500 maintains strategic partnerships and alliances with commu-
nity partners, such as the on-going collaboration with top tier academic 
institutions like the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, participat-
ing in innovation and entrepreneurship initiatives. 

The Group aims to carry out new employee-volunteer community ini-
tiatives in the local community going forward, many of which were put 
on hold during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Impact on the environment 
As a technology-based business, Plus500 does not carry out any 
industrial activity, is not involved in anything which would emit envi-
ronmentally harmful substances and has a relatively low environmen-
tal  impact.  However,  the  Group  is  committed  to  managing  its 
environmental impact, which results from the energy usage relating to 
the maintenance of the Group’s IT infrastructure and the operation of 
its network of offices around the world. Consequently, the Group aims 
to ensure that it conducts appropriate and necessary actions to mini-
mise the impact of its infrastructure and operations on the environment, 
with commitments to:

 – Protect the environment;
 – Reduce waste as well as water, energy, and resource use;
 – Monitor the Group’s environmental performance; and
 – Provide environmental training for employees. 

35

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportOur ESG Approach continued

Emissions reporting, targets and approach to emissions reduction 
Supported by a number of initiatives being carried out by the Group to 
deliver on these commitments, and thereby addressing Plus500’s 
potential impact on climate change, the Group has set a target of being 
carbon negative and net zero for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 
2030 or earlier. 

The tables below outline the Group’s energy and emissions output over 
the last two years, particularly in relation to Scope 2 emissions, which 
have been calculated using a location-based calculation method based 
on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (the Group does not emit any Scope 1 
emissions, given the nature of its business):

The two factors within the Group’s business with the most significant 
potential environmental impact, in relation to emissions, are:

 – The maintenance of Plus500’s technology infrastructure, in particular 
the management of the various data centres and servers that are 
owned or leased by the Group around the world; and

 – The Group’s global office network. 

In FY 2021, electricity consumption and expenditure increased due to 
less remote working compared to the prior year, certain subsidiaries 
moving to larger offices to accommodate growth and the additions of 
Cunningham and CTS in the US, which were acquired in July 2021, and 
a new office in Tel Aviv. 

The Group’s commitment to become carbon negative and net zero for 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 2030 will be supported by a number 
of activities. In particular, the Group regularly looks for opportunities 
to improve the efficiency and performance of its servers and third party 
data centres, including upgrading their hardware and software on a 
regular basis. In addition, the Group will continue to investigate oppor-
tunities to manage and operate more services through Google Cloud 
and other remote platforms, thereby optimising the utilisation of ter-
restrial infrastructure and reducing electricity usage. 

Energy efficiency has been optimised in recent years as a result of a 
greater level of flexible working, compared to pre-pandemic levels, and 
through the utilisation of video-conferencing facilities which has reduced 
the requirement for employee travel. The Group is investigating ways 
to measure its Scope 3 emissions and, when finalised, the Group will 
report on these Scope 3 emissions, including them in future disclosure 
and, potentially, incorporating them into the Group’s emissions targets. 

The Company is also taking steps to diversify its investments within 
the sustainability eco-system. For example, during FY 2021, Plus500 
worked with a key relationship bank to re-classify a portion of its fixed 
bank deposits as “Green Deposits”, which the bank uses to invest in 
areas such as energy-efficiency activities and renewable energy projects.

The Group has adopted an Environmental Policy, which can be found 
on the Company’s website. 

Recommendations  of  the  Task  Force  on  Climate-related  Financial 
Disclosures 
The Group recognises the significance of climate change for all busi-
nesses and therefore welcomes and supports the recommendations 
of the TCFD for more consistent disclosure on climate-related financial 
risk disclosures by companies. 

During FY 2021, the Group carried out a gap analysis and peer group 
analysis, to review, amongst other elements, the Group’s current climate-
related disclosure and to better understand best practice reporting on 
TCFD and climate-related disclosures across the UK-listed peer group 
and US-listed fintech space. The Group will continue to be consistent 
with, and in compliance with, TCFD recommendations in its disclosures. 

Supported by the analyses carried out in FY 2021, Plus500’s progress 
against the TCFD recommendations is provided on the following page, 
together with our future plans.

Total Group energy consumption (kWh)

39,706

535,670

575,376

21,539

418,973

440,512

GLOBAL 
(EXCL. UK)

UK

FY21

GROUP 
TOTAL

GLOBAL 
(EXCL. UK)

UK

FY20

GROUP 
TOTAL

Total Scope 1 (tCO2e)

Total Scope 2 (tCO2e)

Total tCO2e

Intensity measure (Group turnover $’m)

GHG Emissions Intensity ratio (per Group turnover $’m)

GLOBAL 
(EXCL .UK)

0

227.5

227.5

UK

0

7.6

7.6

FY21

GROUP 
TOTAL

0

235.1

235.1

718.7

0.33

GLOBAL 
(EXCL .UK)

0

182.8

182.8

UK

0

4.1

4.1

FY20

GROUP 
TOTAL

0

186.9

186.9

872.5

0.21

36

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report

Governance
Current approach: 
 – The Board oversees all aspects of ESG, including climate-related 

risks and opportunities for the Group; 

 – The Board has established an ESG Committee, chaired by Daniel 
King, (see page 72 for details of the composition of the Commit-
tee) to monitor on progress against the Group’s ESG approach 
and priority areas, and to externally report these elements, includ-
ing climate-related risks and opportunities. The ESG Committee 
receives input from executive management and is supported by 
the Group’s ESG working group, which comprises the Company 
Secretary and Head of Investor Relations, with on-going input 
from a specialist ESG consultancy; 

 – The ESG Committee reviews ESG-related risks, including climate-

Future plans:
 – The Group will continue assessing how climate-related risks and 
opportunities impact both the business and its purpose of enabling 
trusted and intuitive access to financial opportunities, as well as 
its strategic and operational approach to delivering on this purpose;
 – The Group will continue to identify climate-related risks through 
regular risk management processes, overseen by the ESG Com-
mittee; 

 – In FY 2022, the ESG Committee is aiming to conduct an initial 
scenario analysis of the impact of climate change on the Group’s 
purpose, strategy and future operational performance; and 

 – The Group will continue to be committed to minimising the impact 
of its operations on the environment by adopting responsible 
environmental practices. 

related risks; 

 – The ESG Committee provides regular updates to the Board on all 

of these elements; 

 – The ESG Committee met four times during FY 2021 and regu-

larly reported back to the Board during the year; and 

 – The external reporting of Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions target 

is now part of the Group’s annual reporting. 

Future plans: 
 – On-going review and monitoring of the implementation of the 
Group’s approach to ESG, including any potential climate-related 
impact, by the ESG Committee and executive management; and 
 – Continued review of the Group’s ESG reporting and disclosure, 
including any updates to the Group’s environmental targets,  
by the ESG Committee, in line with best practice and the latest 
regulations. 

Strategy
Current approach: 
 – In delivering on the Group’s purpose to enable trusted and intuitive 
access to financial opportunities, Plus500 is committed to man-
aging its environmental impact, which results from the energy 
usage relating to the maintenance of the Group’s IT infrastructure 
and the operation of its network of offices around the world; and
 – The Group aims to ensure that it conducts appropriate and neces-
sary actions to minimise the impact of its infrastructure and 
operations on the environment, including upgrading hardware to 
improve efficiency and performance. During the year, the Com-
pany worked with a key financial institution to re-classify a portion 
of its fixed short-term bank deposits as “Green Deposits”, which 
the financial institution uses to invest in areas such as energy-
efficiency activities and renewable energy projects. 

Risk management
Current approach: 
 – The ESG Committee receives reports on ESG risks identified 
through the Group’s risk management process. The ESG Com-
mittee determines the nature and potential impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities facing the Group in achieving its 
purpose and strategic objectives;

 – The ESG Committee advises the Board on current and future 
strategies regarding climate-related risks and opportunities; and 
 – The ESG working group was established during FY 2021 to  
support the ESG Committee in monitoring and reviewing ESG 
risks and opportunities. 

Future plans:
 – The ESG Committee will continue to identify, assess, manage and 

prioritise climate-related risks and opportunities.

Metrics and targets
Current approach: 
 – The Group has disclosed its Scope 1 and 2 emissions data, as 
outlined on page 36, and will continue to do so on an annual basis;
 – Plus500 has set a target of being carbon negative and net zero 

in its Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030 or earlier; and

 – Progress against these targets will be disclosed on an annual 

basis.

Future plans: 
 – The Group is investigating ways to collect, collate and report on 

its Scope 3 emissions; 

 – Once finalised, the Group will report its Scope 3 emissions going 

forward, thereby expanding its disclosure in this area; and

 – The Group is committed to regularly reviewing its climate-related 
metrics, targets and progress against these targets and will update 
its disclosure as and when appropriate. 

The Group has reported above on the most relevant and appropri-
ate elements of TCFD for Plus500. Going forward, the Group will 
continue to assess its climate-related risks, priorities and oppor-
tunities, to ensure that its reporting in relation to TCFD recom-
mendations continues to be consistent, and in compliance, with 
these recommendations, and will evolve and develop over time.

37

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportFinancial and Business Review

WELL POSITIONED 
FOR GROWTH

With solid financial 
foundations, Plus500 is 
well positioned to deliver 
on its strategic growth 
ambitions, through both 
organic investments  
and acquisitions. 

Elad Even-Chen, Chief Financial Officer

The Group’s operational performance in FY 2021 translated into another 
outstanding financial performance across all metrics during the year, 
ahead of the Group’s pre-pandemic performance in FY 2019, highlight-
ing Plus500’s resilient technology and sustainable business model. 

Revenue and EBITDA 
The Group generated total revenue of $718.7m in FY 2021 (FY 2020: 
$872.5m, FY 2019: $354.5m). 

Customer Income, a key measure of the Group’s underlying performance, 
was consistently strong throughout FY 2021 at $702.8m (FY 2020: 
$997.5m, FY 2019: $382.4m). 

Customer Trading Performance was $15.9m during FY 2021 (FY 2020: 
$(125.0m), FY 2019: $(27.9m)). The Company continues to expect that 
the contribution from Customer Trading Performance will be broadly 
neutral over time.

Supported by the Group’s lean and flexible cost base, EBITDA for FY 2021 
was $387.1m (FY 2020: $515.9m, FY 2019: $192.3m). EBITDA margin 
remained strong during FY 2021 at 54% (FY 2020: 59%, FY 2019: 54%). 

Cost base
Costs remained well controlled and 72% of the Group’s costs were 
variable (FY 2020: 80%, FY 2019: 71%), with the Group maintaining a 
flexible cost base. The Group’s variable costs remain positively correlated 
to enhanced performance and higher volumes, including marketing 
investment and payment processing expenses. 

Marketing technological investment was $172.1m during FY 2021 
(FY 2020: $221.1m, FY 2019: $95.6m). This investment will continue 
to be made to ensure that the Group is able to capture opportunities 
to drive future anticipated attractive Return on Investment (“ROI”). 

Revenue 

$718.7m

(FY 2020: $872.5m) 

EBITDA

$387.1m

(FY 2020: $515.9m) 

Net profit

$310.6m

(FY 2020: $500.1m) 

Operating Cash Conversion 

99%

(FY 2020: 106%) 

38

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportTotal SG&A expenses were $334.1m during FY 2021 (FY 2020: $358.9m, 
FY 2019: $164.4m), the major elements of which were the marketing 
investment outlined above, processing costs of $40.8m (FY 2020: 
$53.0m, FY 2019: $15.8m) and payroll and related expenses of $33.0m 
(FY 2020: $26.0m, FY 2019: $22.6m). 

AUAC was $877 in FY 2021 (FY 2020: $750, FY 2019: $1,046), with 
on-going investment being made in strategic markets to attract high 
value customers. Given the strength of the Group’s marketing technol-
ogy and Plus500’s long track record of delivering high returns on mar-
keting investment, the current investment cycle is expected to continue 
delivering an attractive ROI. 

The Group continues to expect that AUAC will rise steadily over time, 
as the Group’s customer profile continues to shift to higher value 
customers and as the Group invests in attracting customers to the 
new trading products in its portfolio and targeting customers in stra-
tegic geographies. 

Net financial income
Net financial income (expense) amounted to $1.8m in FY 2021 (FY 2020: 
$9.7m, FY 2019: $(0.8m)), predominantly due to foreign exchange and 
translation differences, in addition to interest received related to fixed 
deposits and tax rebates. A substantial proportion of the Group’s cash 
is held in US dollars in order to provide a natural hedge, thereby reduc-
ing the impact of currency movements on financial expenses. 

Corporate Tax
As well as being driven by the Group’s operational performance, net profit 
and earnings per share were also supported by a reduction in the cor-
porate tax rate to 12% for Plus500 Ltd., from the full corporate tax rate 
of 23% previously. This was due to the Company receiving approval from 
the Israeli Tax Authority (ITA) recognising the Company as a “Preferred 
Technological Enterprise” (PTE). In addition, the withholding tax rate 
applicable for dividends in FY 2021 was reduced from 25% to 20%.

On 18 January 2022, the Company announced that this accreditation 
had been successfully extended for FY 2022, FY 2023, FY 2024, FY 2025 
and FY 2026, with Plus500 Ltd.’s corporate tax rate for each of these 
financial years, to be reduced from 23% to 12%, and the withholding 
tax rate applicable for dividends to be reduced from 25% to 20%, sub-
ject to the Company complying with the conditions of the Law for the 
Encouragement of Capital Investments.

Net profit and earnings per share 
Net profit in FY 2021 was $310.6m (FY 2020: $500.1m, FY 2019: $151.7m) 
and basic earnings per share was $3.06 (FY 2020: $4.71, FY 2019: $1.35). 

Balance sheet and cash generation 
As at the end of FY 2021, total assets were $822.8m (FY 2020: $620.2m, 
FY 2019: $316.9m) with equity of $661.3m representing approximately 
80% of the balance sheet.

The Group remains highly cash generative, supported by the relatively 
low levels of capital expenditure as a result of its automation and 
technological capabilities, with cash generated from operations during 
the year of $383.0m (FY 2020: $546.6m, FY 2019: $170.1m) and 99% 
operating cash conversion achieved (FY 2020: 106%, FY 2019: 88%). 

During FY 2021, the Company completed several share buyback pro-
grammes totalling $64.9m. In addition, $144.9m in dividends were 
declared and paid to shareholders during the year as interim, final and 
special dividends. 

The Group remains debt-free, as it has been since its inception, with 
cash balances and cash equivalents at the end of FY 2021 of $749.5m 
(FY 2020: $593.9m, FY 2019: $292.9m). 

Presentation of currencies 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars, 
which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency. Foreign 
currency transactions and balances in currencies different from the 
US dollar are translated into the US dollar using the exchange rates 
prevailing on the dates of the transactions or at the balance sheet date.

Business development 
The Group made excellent progress, from a business development 
perspective, during the year in pursuing a range of potential growth 
opportunities. Major achievements included the due diligence, nego-
tiations and completion of the Cunningham and CTS acquisitions in 
the US, as well as obtaining a new regulatory licence in Estonia, granted 
on 7 February 2022, supported by the establishment of a new local 
subsidiary.

In March 2022, following a lengthy assessment of the market oppor-
tunity in Japan, the Company completed an acquisition of a local firm 
regulated by Japan’s Financial Services Agency as a Type 1 Financial 
Instruments Business Operator. This represents a major growth oppor-
tunity for Plus500, through an immediate presence in the substantial 
retail trading market in Japan. 

In addition, the business development team made great progress in 
furthering a number of other growth initiatives, including advancing 
the Group’s position with a number of potential other regulatory licence 
applications and acquisition targets. The team continues to explore a 
range of opportunities to support the Group in its growth ambitions, 
including investigating potential new products and market opportuni-
ties. 

Shareholder returns 
The Company’s shareholder return policy is to return at least 50% of 
net profits to shareholders through dividends and share buyback pro-
grammes, with at least 50% of this distribution being made by way of 
dividends. For FY 2021 and in previous years, this shareholder return 
policy has been based on a 23% corporate tax rate, for both interim 
and final dividends. In addition, the Board has considered paying spe-
cial dividends and executing special share buyback programmes at 
year end. 

The Board will review the basis of this policy for future shareholder 
returns, in light of the successful extension of Plus500 Ltd.’s status as 
a PTE, as outlined above, and the consequent reduction in its corporate 
tax rate from 23% to 12% for each financial year up to and including 
FY 2026, subject to the Company complying with the conditions of the 
Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments.

39

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportFinancial and Business Review continued

The Board has declared on 15 February 2022 a total distribution of 
$115.0m in relation to FY 2021, which comprises a distribution of final 
and special dividends and new share buyback programmes, including 
a special buyback programme. This makes a total dividend for the year 
of $120.0m, representing $1.1916 per share (total dividend for FY 2020: 
$1.7823 per share). The total dividend includes a final dividend for 
FY 2021 of $37.8m, representing $0.3777 per share (final dividend 
FY 2020: $0.5422 per share), a special dividend for FY 2021 of $22.2m, 
representing $0.2218 per share (special dividend FY 2020: $0.2870 per 
share) and an interim dividend of $60.0m. The interim dividend was 
distributed to shareholders in November 2021 and the final and special 
dividends had an ex-dividend date of 24 February 2022, with a record 
date of 25 February 2022, and a payment date of 11 July 2022. 

During FY 2021, the Company executed its existing share buyback 
programmes, with 3,406,211 ordinary shares purchased during the 
year, amounting to a total of $64.9m, at an average share price of £13.9, 
including $22.4m in H2 2021.

In addition, the Board initiated a new share buyback programme in 
FY 2022 to acquire up to $55.0m of the Company’s shares. This includes 
a new share buyback programme of $25.2m and a special share buy-
back programme of $29.8m. 

The purpose of the new programmes is to further emphasise the Board’s 
confidence in the prospects of Plus500 and reflects the robust financial 
position of the Group, as highlighted by the Group’s operational and 
financial performance in FY 2021.

The special dividend and the special share buyback programme are 
directly related to the benefits of the change in tax rate from the Israeli 
statutory rate of 23% to 12%, following the Company’s successful 
extension of its PTE accreditation.

Elad Even-Chen 
Chief Financial Officer 
22 March 2022

40

Group Tax Policy 

The Group actively seeks to comply with both the spirit and 
the letter of all relevant taxation laws and regulations where 
it operates, and it is committed to a transparent and open 
approach to reporting on tax. The Group’s policy is to file all 
tax returns on time, and to pay tax as it falls due.

The Group has a low risk tolerance for uncertain tax positions 
in the jurisdictions in which it operates and does not under-
take any aggressive or unreasonable tax planning schemes 
for the purpose of tax avoidance, and broadly aim to align 
tax payments to revenue generation. The Group does not 
knowingly help others avoid their tax obligations.

During FY 2020, Plus500 Ltd. became one of the first com-
panies to receive approval from both the Israeli Tax Author-
ity and the Israeli Innovation Authority under the new tax 
regime in Israel, recognising the Company as a “Preferred 
Technological Enterprise” and as “an enterprise which pro-
motes innovation”. 

Consequently, the Plus500 Ltd. Corporate Tax rate for the 
financial years 2017, 2018 and 2019 was reduced from 24%, 
23% and 23% in each respective year to 12% in each of these 
years. This updated Corporate Tax rate of 12% was also 
applicable for FY 2020 and FY 2021 and the Withholding 
Tax rate applicable for dividends was reduced from 25% to 
20% for both financial years. 

On 18 January 2022, the Company announced that this 
accreditation had been successfully extended for FY 2022, 
FY 2023, FY 2024, FY 2025 and FY 2026, with Plus500 Ltd.’s 
Corporate Tax rate for each of these financial years, to be 
reduced from 23% to 12%, and the Withholding Tax rate 
applicable for dividends to be reduced from 25% to 20%, 
subject to the Company complying with the conditions of 
the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments.

All intra-group transactions are required to be priced on an 
arm’s length basis in accordance with the Group’s internal 
transfer pricing policies which reflect internationally accepted 
transfer pricing standards and local tax laws, approved by 
leading international accounting firms as well. 

Taxation is a regular agenda item for the Audit Committee, 
which meets at least four times a year, and reports to the 
Board.

Tax compliance risks are managed through the Group’s 
Governance Framework, overseen by its Audit Committee, 
and supported by the Chief Financial Officer.

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportRisk Management Framework

A RIGOROUS RISK 
FRAMEWORK

Assessing and managing our risks

The Group maintains a robust, customer-centric approach to the man-
agement and control of risks, which is fully embedded within the Group’s 
technology and its day-to-day operating procedures.

Furthermore, the Group has a comprehensive risk mitigation plan, which 
helps to control exposures and provide robust solutions. These proce-
dures comprise a range of measures including corporate policies, 
operating rules, systematic reporting, external audits, internal audits, 
self-assessment and continuous monitoring by the Regulatory & Risk 
Committee, the Board and executive management.

Risk governance framework
The financial, market and regulatory environments in which Plus500 
operates inherently expose it to a number of strategic, financial, oper-
ational and ESG-related risks. The Group recognises the importance 
of understanding and managing these risks and has determined levels 
of risk that it believes are efficient. Policies and procedures have been 
developed within a robust risk management framework that attempts 
to minimise various risks, including market risk.

To this end, the Group aims to ensure its risk exposures are aligned with 
its risk appetite across its product portfolio. This is supported by real-time 
monitoring technology which is embedded in the Group’s platforms. The 
Group is currently investigating and testing a more holistic, automated 
hedging capability and will provide information on this approach, if and 
when it is implemented. 

This overall approach aligns the Group’s interests with its customers, 
with a particular focus on customer protection and customer experi-
ence, helping to deliver a more stable revenue stream over time, given 
the consequently lower level of top line volatility. As evidence of this, 
Group revenue represents around 98% of Customer Income that has 
been generated since Plus500’s IPO in 2013. The Group continues to 
expect that revenue contribution from Customer Trading Performance 
will be broadly neutral over time.

Plus500 has a low customer concentration and therefore does not rely 
on trading activity from a small number of very large customers – the 
largest customer in FY 2021 contributed less than 1% of total Group 
revenue. 

Plus500 monitors trading levels and exposure limits (for example by 
customer, instrument and asset class), and credit risk is limited by 
having all customers accounts pre-funded. The Group also offers 
negative balance protection and a margin close-out policy to all of its 
CFD customers on a global basis.

Governance
The role of the Board
The Board is ultimately responsible for the risk strategy, having devel-
oped a Risk Governance Framework, which is regularly reviewed and 
assessed by the Board, particularly with regards to current and emerg-
ing risks.

The Board believes the robust, technology-driven risk management 
systems of the Group are a key competitive strength and an important 
factor in its revenue generation. The implementation of the risk strategy 
is delegated to management under the more detailed supervision of 
the Regulatory & Risk Committee.

The role of the Regulatory & Risk Committee
The Regulatory & Risk Committee receives updates from management 
on risk, compliance and regulatory issues and reviews the related 
internal systems.

The Regulatory & Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing relation-
ships with the regulatory authorities and reviewing the adequacy and 
quality of the Group’s systems and procedures for compliance with 
regulatory requirements where the Group is regulated and in other 
jurisdictions where the Group has a significant market presence. The 
Regulatory & Risk Committee also has responsibility for reviewing the 
Group’s most significant risks to the achievement of strategic objec-
tives and reviewing the Group’s risk policy.

Lines of defence
Within the Risk Governance Framework, three lines of defence are 
created through:

 – Front-line risk management processes
 – Regulatory compliance
 – Independent assurance provided by internal audit

First line of defence
The first line of defence consists of front-line risk management pro-
cesses operated by management within the day-to-day trading activi-
ties of the Group’s business.

There are three elements to the management of day-to-day trading risk:

a.  Financial Risk Limitation Policies

The Group has developed proprietary risk management systems 
that incorporate various real-time financial risk limits.

b.  Trading Limits

i.  Customer limits

Monetary limits are placed on a customer’s:

(a) Exposure to any single instrument;
(b) Aggregate open positions as a whole; and
(c) Aggregate deposit amounts.

Customer limits are determined with reference to, amongst other 
things, a customer’s credit score, trading history, location and other 
due diligence results.

41

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportRisk Management Framework continued

ii. Group limits

Monetary limits are also placed on the Group’s exposure to indi-
vidual instruments. These limits are set according to, amongst other 
things, the asset class, the size, the liquidity and the beta (volatility) 
of the underlying instrument. In each case, when these limits are 
reached on the CFD trading platform, it automatically ceases to 
accept trades from the relevant individual or on the underlying 
instrument until such time as exposure levels fall below the relevant 
threshold(s) or such threshold(s) are reviewed and amended.

c.  Hedging

To further manage risk, the Group has a hedging approach in place, 
including targeted hedging in certain circumstances. This approach 
would, in extremis, mitigate exposure of the Group as a whole beyond 
certain thresholds. 

Second line of defence
A strong compliance function is in place in all of the Group’s regulated 
subsidiaries. The Board continues to develop the Group’s compliance 
policies in line with each of the regulatory environments in which the 
Group’s offering is available.

Third line of defence
The third line of defence, independent assurance, is provided by inter-
nal audit.

The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, the 
Company’s compliance with applicable law and orderly business proce-
dures. In accordance with the Israeli Companies Law 5759-1999 (the 
“Companies Law”), the internal auditor is appointed by the Board on the 
recommendation of the Audit Committee, which also oversees the inter-
nal auditor’s work plan, monitors its activities and assesses its perfor-
mance. Pursuant to the Companies Law, the internal auditor may be an 
employee of the Company but may not be an interested party or office 
holder, or a relative of any interested party or office holder and may not 
be a member of the Company’s external auditor or its representative.

In January 2022, following receipt of recommendation from the Audit 
Committee, the Board appointed E&Y as the Company’s new internal 
auditor, replacing Brightman Almagor Zohar & Co. (Deloitte Israel), a 
member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, which was the 
Company’s internal auditor in FY 2021. 

Compliance with applicable regulations is also provided by local advi-
sors in the main territories that the Group operates in, and advice on 
the regulatory regime is considered when planning new licence applica-
tions or sourcing acquisitions.

42

Internal controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s systems of internal 
control and for monitoring their effectiveness. Although no system of 
internal control can provide absolute assurance against material mis-
statement or loss, the Group’s systems are designed to provide the 
Board with reasonable assurance that issues are identified on a timely 
basis and dealt with appropriately.

The Group’s key internal financial control procedures include:

 – A review by the Board of actual results compared with budget and 

forecasts;

 – Reviews by the Board of year-end forecasts;
 – The establishment of procedures for acquisitions, capital expenditure 

and expenditure incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 – The appraisal and approval of proposed acquisitions outside of the 

ordinary course of business by the Board;

 – The detailed budgeting and monitoring of costs incurred in the devel-

opment of new products;

 – A review of day-to-day management controls and test of operating 

effectiveness of key controls;

 – An annual review of the internal controls system;
 – A regular review of risk limits, with a view to conducting targeted hedg-

ing to reduce market risk, as and when appropriate;

 – The reporting to, and review by, the Board on changes in legislation, 
regulatory requirements and practices within the sector, accounting 
and regulatory and legal developments pertinent to the Group; and
 – The appointment of experienced and suitably qualified staff to take 
responsibility for key business functions to ensure maintenance of 
high standards of performance.

Risk assessment and review
The Board confirms that it has completed a robust assessment of the 
Company’s principal and emerging risks. The Board continues to assess 
emerging risks but has not identified any emerging risks that were not 
already captured as principal risks through the Group’s comprehensive 
risk assessment process, carried out in FY 2019, in accordance with 
Provision 28 of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “Code”). 
This process will again be carried out in FY 2022. Principal risks are 
considered those that would threaten its business model, future per-
formance, solvency or liquidity. These are outlined below and further 
details of financial risks and their management are set out in note 25 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The comprehensive risk assessment process identified certain risks 
which were narrowed down into major risks monitored by the executive 
management and the Regulatory & Risk Committee, then further con-
solidated into nine principal risks closely monitored by the Board. The 
annual and on-going elements of the Group’s risk management pro-
cesses are controlled by an established risk identification, assessment 
and monitoring process.

Throughout FY 2021 and up to the date of this report, the Board has 
reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls system. As 
a result of this review, the Board considers that the measures that have 
been or are planned to be implemented, complement the Group’s risk 
management framework and are appropriate to the Group’s circum-
stances, covering all controls, including financial and operational con-
trols and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportRISK

DESCRIPTION

MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

BUSINESS AND STRATEGIC RISKS

Legal and  
jurisdictional  
risk

Regulatory risk

The risk that changes in the legal and regulatory frame-
works in which the Group currently operates could 
adversely affect its performance

Regulatory changes could result in the product offering 
becoming less profitable, restrictions on the product 
marketing, or a ban on the product offering in one or more 
of the countries in which the Group operates

Customer care  
and protection risk

The risk that a lack of customer care and protection could 
negatively impact customer welfare, particularly in rela-
tion to compliance with regulations on these issues

FINANCIAL RISKS

Business risk

The risk of a commercially adverse impact on the busi-
ness resulting from:

 – The Group’s strategic decision-making failing to seize 
business opportunities or react to changes in the mar-
ket. This risk may result in damage or loss, financial 
or otherwise, to the Group as a whole

 – The risk that a third-party organisation on which the 
Group relies significantly will inadequately provide or 
fail to deliver its outsourced activities or contractual 
obligations to the standard required

 – Diversification of jurisdictions in which the Group offers 

its services

 – On-going monitoring of legal and regulatory developments 

and taking actions to remain in compliance

 – On-going monitoring of market and regulatory sentiment, 
developments and advice from compliance functions on 
actual and possible changes and taking remedial action
 – Maintaining an open and robust dialogue with regulators
 – Continuing to make efforts and investment to diversify 
the Group’s product portfolio and broaden its geographic 
footprint

 – Continued efforts to educate and inform customers of 
the potential risks involved in trading, through required 
risk disclosures, educational features and by offering an 
unlimited and free demo account

 – Negative balance protection has an on-going feature of 
the Plus500 CFD platform since inception. This guarantees 
that maximum losses of all customers are limited to the 
amount of their deposits. 

 – Other risk management features, including margin close-
out policy, are also embedded with Plus500’s technology
 – Assessment of potential customers prior to and during 

the completion of the on-boarding process 

 – Robust governance, challenge and oversight
 – Managing the Group in line with the agreed strategy, 
policies and risk appetite and periodic reviews of such 
assumptions compared to developments in the markets, 
business and regulation

 – Developing redundancies for material services provided 
by third parties by having secondary providers and alert 
systems, as well as automated processes to operate 
redundancies

 – Due diligence performed on service providers
 – Service level agreements in place and regular monitoring 

of performance

 – Input from best-in-class advisors involved in decision-
making process of strategic developments and initiatives

43

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportRisk Management Framework continued

RISK

DESCRIPTION

MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

FINANCIAL RISKS CONTINUED

Market risk

The risk of exposure to the market.

Market risk is mainly comprised of the following main 
factors:

 – Price movements
 – Foreign currency exposures

Credit risk

The risk of clients or counterparties failing to fulfil con-
tractual obligations and/or settlements resulting in finan-
cial loss, specifically:

Client credit risk:
Leveraged trading can result in client trading losses 
exceeding available funds in their account (mainly due 
to sharp market movements); such losses are absorbed 
by the Group (negative balance protection has always 
been offered to all the Group’s CFD customers, in all 
markets and across all underlying assets)

Institutional credit risk:
The risk that financial counterparties will not meet their 
obligations, risking both client and Group assets

Liquidity risk

The risk that there is insufficient available liquidity to 
meet the financial liabilities of the Group

The Group manages market risk by steering/balancing 
natural hedge and the Group risk tolerance. Market risk is 
mitigated by:

 – The Group’s proprietary technology platforms which 
enable real time position monitoring and alerts to help the 
Group to constantly manage market exposure and adjust 
its controls

 – Defining daily/weekly/monthly Group market risk limits 

for each financial market or instrument

 – If predetermined limits are exceeded, the Group takes 

appropriate actions to reduce exposure 

 – Targeted hedging is conducted on a limited basis, as 

appropriate

Client Credit Risk:
The Group has a “no-credit” policy in which customers can 
only fund their accounts from their own resources, with all 
accounts being pre-funded. Customers can set a wide range 
of loss risk mitigation tools such as alerts and stops features

Institutional Credit Risk:
The Group engages only with prominent, high ranked and 
well-established financial institutions for the holding of its 
own assets and in order to meet its regulatory obligations 
to safeguard client money in segregated accounts. The 
Group periodically reviews its engagements with such finan-
cial institutions to make sure they continue to operate 
within the applicable standards and also diversify the Group’s 
assets across those financial institutions to reduce risk

The Group utilises liquidity forecasts to identify potential risks. 
These forecasts incorporate the impact of all liquidity regula-
tions in force in each jurisdiction and other hindrances to the 
free movement of liquidity around the Group. Key issues 
affecting the Group’s liquidity are discussed with the Board

44

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportRISK

DESCRIPTION

MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

OPERATIONAL RISKS

Operational risk

The risk of enduring losses resulting from inadequate or 
failed internal processes due to people, failed technology 
deployment, adoption and innovation, external events 
(such as natural disasters, major utilities or infrastructure 
failure etc.) or the inability to attract and maintain com-
petent staff which the Group requires for operational 
purposes

Information and  
data security risk

 – The risk of loss of technology services caused by net-
work disruption and loss of systems, data, and failure 
to restore services of a third party in a timely manner 
resulting in the Group’s inability to offer its services
 – The risk of loss or misuse of individuals’ personal 

information provided to the Group

 – Business and regulatory sign-off of processes and pro-
cedures to ensure business efficiency and regulatory 
compliance

 – Invest in system development to improve process auto-

mation

 – Monitoring, quality checks and robust analysis of perfor-
mance to identify errors, inefficiencies, underlying causes 
and mitigation plans

 – Centralised operations – to enable rapid implementation 
of business innovation, adjustments to business and 
regulatory changes, monitoring and maintaining high 
standards and cost-efficient structure

 – Centralised technical operations, to ensure Group-wide 

monitoring, issue handling and analysis

 – Unified IT strategy focused on performance and growth
 – Continuous development efforts towards operational risk 
framework to ensure risk recognition and timely control
 – Recruitment of highly competent employees and devel-
oped employee retention programmes, with enhanced 
staff training and oversight

 – Additional support through Google Cloud services, provid-
ing further flexibility, security and scale to our platforms 
 – The Group has a clear business continuity plan, ensuring 
quick recovery and cover for both IT and operational 
aspects (connectivity, Distributed DoS Attacks, unrespon-
siveness of server etc., as well as external events have an 
emergency plan and contacts in place)

 – Operate multi-layered delivery, security and mitigation 

solution

 – Continuous investment in increased functionality, scal-
ability, capacity and responsiveness of systems to 
monitor, react and prevent cyber attacks

 – Continuous real-time monitoring of incoming and outgo-

ing network activity

 – Constant monitoring of systems performance and con-

trols

 – Selective software design methodologies and testing 

regimes

 – A robust Group IT policy sets out strategic, stability, 
security and performance standards as well as backup 
processes to enable service availability in the event of 
failures 

 – Privacy as culture – creating awareness among employ-
ees of privacy-related matters including proper use of 
personal information, protection of such information 
and loss prevention

 – Dedicated cyber security training for all global employ-

ees and the Board

 – Robust privacy oriented compliance program to ensure 
compliance with applicable data privacy regulations

45

GovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic reportPlus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportGoing Concern and Viability Statement 

GOING CONCERN AND  
VIABILITY STATEMENT

Going Concern
Having given due consideration to the nature of the Group’s business, 
the Group’s budget, liquidity resources and cash flow forecasts for the 
period of three years ending 31 December 2024, taking into account 
the Group’s anticipated investment commitments and working capital 
requirements, the Board considers that the Company and the Group 
as a whole are going concern and the consolidated financial statements 
are prepared on that basis.

This treatment reflects the reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in business for over a period of at least 
twelve months from the date of approval of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and the consideration of the various risks set out on pages 
43 – 45 and the financial risks described in note 25 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Viability Statement
In accordance with Provision 31 of the Code, the Board has considered 
the Group’s current financial position and future prospects, its strategy, 
risk appetite and the potential impact of the principal risks and how 
these are managed and has a reasonable expectation that the Group 
will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the three year assessment ending 31 December 2024.

The Directors confirm that they have performed a robust assessment 
of the principal risks facing the Group as detailed on pages 43 – 45 
including those that will threaten its business model, future performance 
and liquidity.

In reaching this conclusion, both the prospects and viability consid-
erations have been assessed:

Prospects
 – The Group’s current financial position is outlined in the Strategic Report.
 – The Group’s business model: despite regulatory changes in a number 
of jurisdictions, the core of the current strategy remains in place and 
continues to demonstrate sufficient cash generation to support oper-
ations. In addition, we believe the Group will continue to be viable 
beyond the three years as mentioned above, in accordance with our 
business model.

 – Assessment of prospects and assumptions: conservative expectations 
of future business prospects through delivery of the Group strategy 
as presented to the Board through the budget approval process. The 
annual budget approval process consists of a detailed bottom-up 
process with a twelve month outlook which involves input from all 
relevant functional and regional heads. The process includes a collec-
tion of resource assumptions required to deliver the Group strategy 
and associated revenue impacts with consideration of key risks. This 
is used in conjunction with external assumptions such as a region-by-
region review of the regulatory environment and incorporation of any 
anticipated regulatory changes as outlined in the Strategic Report, to 
revenue modelling, market volatility, interest rates and industry growth 
which materially impact the business. The budget is used to set targets 
across the Group. The budgeting process also covers liquidity and 
capital planning and, in addition to the granular budget, a three-year 
outlook is prepared using assumptions on industry growth, the effects 
of regulatory changes, revenue growth from strategic initiatives and 
cost growth required to support initiatives. The budget was reviewed 
by the Board in October 2021 and in December 2021 and received final 
approval in December 2021.

 – On-going review and monitoring of risks: these are outlined in the 
Group’s principal risks and uncertainties on pages 43 – 45 of this report 
and are monitored monthly by management, with review and challenge 
from  the  Regulatory  &  Risk  Committee.  Based  on  the  various  
scenarios tested, the Company has sufficient liquidity and headroom 
to operate its business.

Viability
Scenario stress testing of available liquidity and capital adequacy are 
central to understanding the Group’s viability. This testing replicates 
adverse market conditions and regulatory change, and is therefore 
considered in the Group’s Individual Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process and Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment documents, 
which are shared with our regulators on request. The results of the 
scenario stress testing showed that, due to the robust nature of the 
business, the Group would be able to withstand these scenarios, both 
in isolation and combined scenarios, over the financial planning period 
by taking management actions that have been identified.

The Board has considered that three years is an appropriate period over 
which to provide a viability statement as this is the longest period over 
which the Board reviews the success of strategic opportunities. This 
timeline is also aligned with the period over which internal stress testing 
occurs. The Board has no reason to believe that the Group will not be 
viable over a longer period, but given the uncertainty involved, in particu-
lar of regulatory changes, the Board believes this period presents the 
readers of the Annual Report with a reasonable degree of confidence.

The Group also monitors performance against predefined budget 
expectations and risk indicators, along with strategic progress updates, 
allowing management action to be taken where required, including the 
assessment of new opportunities.

46

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportGOVERNANCE

Contents

Governance at a Glance 

48

Chair's Introduction to Governance  50

UK Corporate Governance Code 
Compliance Statement

Board of Directors 

Governance Report 

Shareholder Engagement 

Report of the Nomination 
Committee 

Report of the Audit Committee 

Report of the Regulatory & Risk 
Committee 

Report of the ESG Committee 

Report of the Remuneration 
Committee 

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report 

Corporate Law 

51

52

54

59

60

64

69

71

74

81

89

91

Directors' Responsibility Statement  92

47

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsGovernance at a Glance 

Governance in numbers

9

Board members

as of the date of this Annual Report

2 

Shareholders’ 
meetings

in FY 2021

44%

Female Board 
members

as of the date of  
this Annual Report

6 

Board  
committees

4 

Board training 
sessions

in FY 2021

Key activities of the Board in 2021

+   Strategic discussion and approval of the acquisitions 
of Cunningham and CTS in line with the Company’s 
strategy to expand the Group’s geographic footprint 
and product offering.

+   Review and approval of on-going trading updates and 

results announcements.

+   Conduction of an internal effectiveness evaluation of 

the Board and its committees.

+   Monitoring and reviewing the Group’s culture, values 
and performance, also through the workforce engage-
ment representative on the Board.

Read more about key activities of the Board on page 54

48

BOARD GENDER DIVERSITY
as of the date of this Annual Report

4

5

 Female

 Male 

BOARD INDEPENDENCE
as of the date of this Annual Report

2

7

 Independent 
Directors

 Non-independent 
Directors

BOARD ATTENDANCE

The Board met on twelve occasions in 2021 to review, 
formulate and approve the Group’s strategy, budgets 
and corporate actions and to oversee the Group’s 
progress towards its goals. 

The Board also holds regular conference calls to 
update the members on operational and other busi-
ness matters.

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportBOARD TENURE
as of the date of this Annual Report

1

2

6

 0–3 years 

 3–6 years

 6+ years

BOARD CHANGES

Three Board members stepped down in 2021 (one Execu-
tive Director and two Independent Non-Executive Directors).

Four Board members were appointed in 2021 and Q1 
2022 (all Independent Non-Executive Directors).

Induction of newly appointed Directors

Newly appointed Directors are made aware of their responsibilities 
through the Company Secretary. The Company has accordingly 
implemented an internal induction plan for newly appointed Direc-
tors in which it provides the Directors with training sessions via 
internal meetings, presentations and conversations with Company 
advisors and senior management in order to enable greater aware-
ness and understanding of the Company’s business and the legal 
and business environment in which it operates.

Nomination Committee Report page 60

Read more on page 56

BOARD SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
(Number of Board members with the relevant skills and experience)

Audit and risk management

Finance, banking, financial services
and fund management

Capital raising, mergers, acquisitions,
investment and transactions

Marketing

Compliance & Regulation

Shareholder relations

Digital technology

Innovation

ESG

Enterprise Risk management

8

7

7

7

4

4

5

5

6

6 

49

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsChair’s Introduction to Governance

Plus500 remains focused on its key priorities  
in governance and sustainability, supported by 
on-going engagement with key stakeholders 
within the investment community.

Executive Director and was re-elected at the AGM held on 4 May 2021. 
Furthermore, as approved at our 2021 Extraordinary General Meeting 
(“EGM”) held on 16 March 2021, Ms. Tami Gottlieb was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director and External Director. These appointments further 
diversify the composition of the Board and have broadened the Board’s 
breadth of experience and knowledge.

Also, as announced on 18 March 2022, Prof. Varda Liberman has been 
appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Prof. Liberman is an international renowned expert in the field of decision-
making and behavioural economics. In this capacity, she provides con-
sulting and workshops in key elements of managerial decision-making 
and risk management to senior management of organisations across a 
range of sectors, including healthcare, banking, investment and technol-
ogy. She is the Rector of Reichman University (IDC Herzliya) in Israel, 
and one of its founders and leaders. She is a professor at the business 
school, a visiting researcher at Stanford University, and the author of 
several books and many scientific articles. During the years, she served 
as a Director on several publicly traded corporate boards based in Israel, 
including Tamir Fishman trust funds Ltd, and she currently serves as an 
External Director at Cellcom Israel Ltd. 

I would like to take this opportunity to welcome Varda to our Board, and 
I am certain that this appointment will further expand the skills set on 
the Board.

I would also like to take the opportunity to thank the two Board members 
who stepped down during 2021. 

Firstly, following my appointment as a Non-Executive Director (“NED”) 
and Chair of the Board at our 2021 AGM held on 4 May 2021, Ms. Penny 
Judd stepped down, having been a NED since 2016 and Chair since 
2017. I would like to thank Penny for her contribution in leading a con-
tinued improvement in the Company’s governance approach and prac-
tices and I know that her guidance, support and advice were very much 
appreciated by our other Board members during her tenure. 

Our long serving Senior Independent Non-Executive Director (“SID”) and 
External Director, Charles Fairbairn also stepped down at our 2021 AGM. 
So, I would also like to thank Charles for his contribution to the develop-
ment of Plus500 since the IPO in 2013, as well as for his wise counsel 
and guidance during that time. As previously announced, Ms. Anne Grim 
serves as our SID, replacing Charles as of 4 May 2021.

Also, in June 2022 our long serving Independent Non-Executive Director 
and External Director, Daniel King, will end his maximum nine-year term 
under the provisions of the Companies Law. Daniel is currently the Chair 
of both our Remuneration and ESG Committees.

Daniel has been with Plus500 since the IPO and his expertise working 
with technology businesses, many of whom are based in Israel, has been 
invaluable in helping to navigate the Board and the business through 

Dear shareholder
In my first year as Chair of Plus500, I have taken the opportunity to review 
and assess all aspects of our business, including our corporate govern-
ance and approach, as well as our activities in the area of sustainability. 

I am pleased to say that I have found the Company’s governance frame-
work to be extremely robust, supported by a Board which is well balanced 
and diverse, with a strong breadth and depth of knowledge and expertise. 
In addition, management continues to place significant emphasis and 
focus on ESG matters, particularly around protecting and caring for our 
customers and people. 

With this background in mind, I would like to take this opportunity to give 
you an overview of the work of the Board during 2021. Corporate govern-
ance remained a key focus area for the Board during the year, and this 
year we have managed to diversify the composition of the Board sig-
nificantly, in line with the Code and the recommendations of the Hamp-
ton-Alexander Review on gender equality in leadership positions.

In 2021, we continued to dedicate considerable time evaluating the work 
of our Board and its committees, and undertook a review of the effective-
ness of the Board. The evaluation process was facilitated internally by 
our Company Secretary and myself with the assistance of our external 
advisors and included questionnaires which were completed by each 
Board member. A detailed report on the results was presented to the 
Board in December 2021 and next steps for 2022 were agreed in relation 
to the Board and its Committees. In parallel, we have continued to imple-
ment the feedback and insights derived from our 2020 internal Board 
evaluation. During 2019 we undertook an independent third party review 
by Genius Boards Limited (“Genius Boards”). This was a valuable exercise 
which resulted in a number of important recommendations which were 
implemented during the course of 2020 and 2021, together with having 
the internal reviews in 2020 and 2021. The Board intends to undertake 
its next independent third party review during 2022, in accordance with 
the recommendation specified in Provision 21 of the Code that FTSE 
350 companies shall consider having such an external evaluation once 
every three years. The feedback and findings of this independent review 
shall be presented in our FY 2022 Annual Report.

As also noted, we were seeking to appoint additional Non-Executive 
Directors to complement the Board’s existing skill set and to further 
diversify its composition. I am delighted that as announced on 4 Febru-
ary 2021, Ms. Sigalia Heifetz was appointed as an Independent Non-

50

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Reportvarious challenges and to help optimise the many opportunities that 
have arisen during his tenure. In addition, his leadership, contribution 
and commitment as Chair of the Remuneration and ESG Committees 
has been extremely appreciated. We wish Daniel all the best. 

As announced on 18 March 2022, Anne Grim shall replace Daniel King 
as the Chair of the Remuneration Committee and Steve Baldwin shall 
replace Daniel King as the Chair of the ESG Committee. Also, Anne Grim 
(being an External Director) shall replace Daniel as the third member of 
the Nomination Committee alongside Steve Baldwin and myself, and an 
additional member shall be appointed as the third member of the ESG 
Committee, alongside Steve Baldwin and Anne Grim.

Executive remuneration remains a significant area of focus for investors 
with holdings in companies listed in the UK. We consulted with external 
consultants in previous years in order to align remuneration with share-
holders’ expectations. Consequently, in the period ahead of our 2021 
AGM, the Remuneration Committee engaged extensively with shareholder 
bodies and key shareholders and with the support of an external advisor, 
the Group’s Remuneration Policy was restructured, as further detailed 
in the Remuneration Committee Report. I am pleased that at our 2021 
AGM, shareholders approved the new Remuneration Policy for Directors 
and Executives for a three-year term.

During 2021, I met with a number of our major shareholders to introduce 
myself as the new Chair of the Board and to ask for feedback on the 
Company’s approach to governance, its strategic priorities and its oper-
ational and financial performance. Shareholder engagement is extremely 
important and I will continue to meet regularly with key investors, as will 
the rest of the Board members, to ensure we represent investors’ interests. 

The Nomination Committee, chaired by Steve Baldwin, continues to review 
the skills that we need while always considering diversity and the need 
for independent thinking and challenge. The Committee will also continue 
to review the size of the Board to confirm that it is appropriate with a 
good mix of skills, experience and knowledge and the ability to maintain 
appropriate oversight of the executive team and provide constructive 
challenge and support. During 2021, significant effort by the Nomination 
Committee ensured a further diversification of the composition of the 
Board, with the appointments of two female Non-Executive Directors, as 
mentioned earlier. These efforts have continued in 2022, with the recent 
appointment of an additional female Non-Executive Director.

Our oversight of the significant risks including regulatory, financial and 
technology challenges facing the Group continues. The Regulatory & 
Risk Committee, led by its new chair, Sigalia Heifetz, reviews these risks 
and receives assurance from management and the Group’s advisors as 
to how they are understood and mitigated to the level of risk acceptable 
to the Board.

The Audit Committee, led by its new Chair, Tami Gottlieb, continues its 
work overseeing the internal controls of the business, the internal audit 
plan and its implementation and approvals of certain transactions as 
required under the Companies Law. It also works closely with our exter-
nal auditors and oversees the production of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

Also, in 2021 we have continued to develop and strengthen our ESG 
Committee which was established at the end of 2020, to assess the 
Group’s impacts and interactions with ESG aspects. Chaired by Daniel 
King, the ESG Committee was supported by external advisors and con-
ducted an ESG materiality assessment, according to which the Group 
has already begun to develop its ESG roadmap for the coming years. 

UK Corporate Governance Code  
Compliance Statement

As a Main Market listed company, following its admission to the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange, and with respect to 2021, 
Plus500 is required to comply with the principles and provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “Code”) (a copy of which can 
be found on the website of the Financial Reporting Council: www.frc.
org.uk), or otherwise explain its reasons for non-compliance.

The following statement is therefore made in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2021 in compliance with this requirement. The following 
sections of this report explain how the principles of the Code were 
applied and provide cross-references to other sections of the report 
and/or the Company’s website (www.plus500.com) where more de-
tailed descriptions are available.

For the financial year ended 31 December 2021, the Company has 
complied with the provisions of the Code, other than in respect of the 
directors’ re-election mechanism (Provision 18 of the Code) and in rela-
tion to pay ratios and pay gaps (Provision 41 of the Code). While the 
Code recommends the submission of all directors for re-election an-
nually, as a company registered in Israel, it is subject to mandatory 
corporate governance requirements under the Companies Law, which 
require that the Company must always have at least two External Direc-
tors who meet certain statutory requirements of independence. The 
Company’s External Directors are Daniel King (until June 2022), Anne 
Grim and Tami Gottlieb. The External Directors must meet certain 
statutory requirements of independence and, as prescribed by the 
mandatory requirements of the Companies Law, must be elected for 
three-year terms and not annually as the Code recommends.

Plus500 is not required to compile gender pay gaps and pay ratios 
under the Companies Law whereas companies incorporated in the 
United Kingdom are required to do so under UK legislation.

Also, the Committee has developed a new Environmental Policy, sup-
ported by an extensive gap analysis, to help us to become aligned with 
the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) recom-
mendations as detailed in our ESG report and in the Report of the ESG 
Committee. 

The following Governance Report describes the activities of the Board 
and its committees during 2021 in more detail.

The Board has operated very efficiently during 2021, despite the impact 
of the pandemic which has meant that all Board meetings were held as 
hybrid sessions (which is a mixture of in-person and virtual attendance). 
The Board held a number of meetings during the year to assess the 
Group’s strategy and its progress against this strategy, as well as review-
ing key operational elements of the business. The Board remains very 
supportive of executive management in developing the Group’s strategic 
position as a global multi-asset fintech group, through a clear focus on 
organic investments and acquisitions. This strategy is key to the Group’s 
future success and has continued to drive the diversification of the 
Group’s revenue streams, product range and geographic footprint. This 
is evident by the progress made in 2021, with the US acquisitions and 
the introduction of our new share dealing platform, ‘Plus500 Invest’. 

Finally, and importantly, I would like to say some words of deep gratitude, 
both personally and on behalf of the Board, to all of our management 
and talented employees across our offices worldwide, for their hard work, 
dedication and fantastic contribution to the Group’s culture, performance 
and achievements during the year, especially in the context of a chal-
lenging pandemic-driven environment. 

I look forward to reporting on the Board’s further progress in next year’s 
Annual Report.

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel 
Chair of the Board

51

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsBoard of Directors 
As at the date of this Annual Report

The role of the Board

The Board is responsible to shareholders for effective direction 
and control of the Company and to promote the long-term suc-
cess of the Company, and determining the Group’s strategy, 
vision and culture. In order to lead the development of the strat-
egy of the Company and the progress of financial performance, 
the Board is provided with timely and comprehensive informa-
tion that enables it to effectively review and monitor the perfor-
mance of the Company and to ensure it is in line with its 
objectives for achieving its strategic goals.

PROF. JACOB A. FRENKEL

ELAD EVEN-CHEN

Chair

Group Chief Financial Officer and Director

Tenure: 10 months (Appointed May 2021)

Tenure: 6 years (Appointed June 2016)

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel is a Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Board of Directors. 

Elad Even-Chen is the Chief Financial Officer of the 
Group and Vice President of Business Development.

Prof. Frenkel is a renowned global economist and 
illustrious business leader, with significant experience 
developed over many years of leadership. He is cur-
rently Chair of the Cabinet of Economic Experts of the 
Minister of Finance of the State of Israel, Chair of the 
Board of Trustees of the Group of Thirty (G-30), and 
Chair of BrainStorm Cell Therapeutics Inc., a NASDAQ-
listed biotechnology company. 

Prof. Frenkel served as Chairman of JPMorgan Chase 
International (2009-2020), Chairman and CEO of the 
G-30 (2001-2011), Vice Chairman of American Inter-
national Group, Inc. (2004-2009) and, Chairman of 
Merrill Lynch International (2000-2004). He also served 
as Chairman of the Board of Governors of Tel Aviv 
University (2013-2021). 

Prior to this he served two terms as the Governor of the 
Bank of Israel (1991-2000), as the Economic Counsel-
lor and Director of Research at the International Mon-
etary Fund (1987-1991) having previously been a Chaired 
Professor of Economics at the University of Chicago. 

He is a Laureate of the Israel Prize in Economics and 
is a recipient of several Honorary Doctoral Degrees 
and other decorations and awards. He holds a range 
of fellowships and advisory positions. He is a Honor-
ary Member of the American Academy of Arts and 
Sciences, a Fellow of the Econometric Society, a Fellow 
of the International Economic Association, a Senior 
Advisor of Temasek International Advisors, a member 
of the Competitive Markets Advisory Council of the 
CME Group and a member of the G20 High Level Inde-
pendent Panel on Financing of the Global Commons 
for Pandemic Preparedness and Response. 

Prof. Frenkel holds a BA in economics and political 
science from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, and 
an M.A. and Ph.D. in economics from the University 
of Chicago.

DAVID ZRUIA

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Tenure: 2 years (Appointed April 2020)

David Zruia is the Chief Executive Officer. 

David joined the Group in 2010 as a senior manager 
in the marketing department. In that role, David was 
instrumental in establishing the Group’s marketing 
capabilities and in building awareness of, and recogni-
tion for, the Plus500 brand in key markets around the 
world. He was appointed as the Group COO in 2013 
and led the establishment and management of the 
operational division of the Group, including KYC pro-
cesses, payment processing, back office, customer 
service and risk management.

David holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering and Man-
agement from the Technion – Israel Institute of Tech-
nology.

Elad joined the Group in 2011 and his responsibilities 
cover a broad range of finance, business, corporate 
and strategic functions.

Elad is also responsible for Plus500’s strategic busi-
ness development projects, including targeting and 
executing acquisitions. He has therefore played a key 
role in driving the Group’s strategic and financial per-
formance and its business expansion in recent years, 
into new markets and new product areas. 

Elad has an extensive corporate finance, legal and 
regulatory background. Over the last 11 years he has 
held a number of positions within the Group also acting 
as the Company Secretary, Head of Risk and Head of IR.

Elad is a certified accountant in Israel and, prior to 
joining the Group, he was a senior associate at KPMG.

Elad holds a BA in Accounting and Economics from 
Tel-Aviv University, an LL.B Degree from the College 
of Management and an MBA (specialising in Financial 
Management) from Tel-Aviv University.

ANNE GRIM

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and 
External Director

Tenure: 1.5 years (Appointed September 2020)

Anne Grim is a Non-Executive Director and the Senior 
Independent Director.

Upon Daniel King’s tenure finishing in June 2022, Anne 
will chair the Remuneration Committee.

Anne is an experienced executive turned advisor, con-
sultant and Board Director with more than 30 years 
in senior financial services leadership roles at Barclays, 
Wells Fargo, American Express, Mastercard and most 
recently (and formerly) as Chief Customer Officer at 
Fidelity International. Her expertise is in customer 
experience, strategic planning and execution, technol-
ogy innovation and business transformation.

Anne was an independent non-executive Board mem-
ber for RateSetter (up until 31 December 2021 when 
RateSetter was acquired by Metro Bank PLC) and is 
currently an independent non-executive Board mem-
ber for Insight Investment, Metro Bank PLC and Open-
work Holdings Ltd.

Anne is also an Advisor to the Investment Association’s 
FinTech Engine and a Trustee on the UK board of 
Opportunity International.

Anne holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mathematics and 
Computer Science and a Master’s of Business Admin-
istration in Strategic Management and Finance, both 
from the University of Illinois.

PROF. JACOB A. FRENKEL

DAVID ZRUIA

(Chair)

ELAD EVEN-CHEN

ANNE GRIM

52

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportCommittee membership Key:

 Nomination
 Audit
 Regulatory & Risk
 Remuneration
 ESG
 Disclosure

N (Chair)

STEVE BALDWIN

A (Chair)

R

TAMI GOTTLIEB

N

A

R (Chair)

E (Chair)

DANIEL KING

(Chair)

R

SIGALIA HEIFETZ

A

PROF. VARDA LIBERMAN

Changes to the Board during 2021 (and until the date of this Annual Report)

+  Gal Haber stepped down from the Board on 4 January 2021.
+  Sigalia Heifetz joined the Board on 4 February 2021.
+  Tami Gottlieb joined the Board on 16 March 2021.
+  Jacob A. Frenkel joined the Board on 4 May 2021.
+  Penny Judd stepped down from the Board on 4 May 2021.
+  Charles Fairbairn stepped down from the Board on 4 May 2021.
+  Varda Liberman joined the Board on 18 March 2022.

Government working for the Department of Investment 
and Trade (DIT) as Head of High Growth & Emerging 
Markets. 

Daniel was previously Managing Partner of Blue Leaf 
Capital, a private boutique venture capital and advi-
sory services company based in London and has held 
managing director roles with Compete Inc, MySuper-
market.co.uk, and Experian Hitwise, overseeing its 
EMEA operations and was a key member of staff that 
led to the eventual acquisition of Hitwise by Experian 
in June 2007.

Daniel holds a Bachelor’s Degree (hons) in Finance 
and Accounting from Manchester University. 

SIGALIA HEIFETZ

Independent Non-Executive Director

Tenure: 1 year (Appointed February 2021)

Sigalia Heifetz is a Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Regulatory & Risk Committee. 

Sigalia holds non-executive directorships at a number 
of leading Israel-based corporations across a range of 
sectors and industries, including Nesher Israel Cement 
Enterprises Ltd, Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd, RHI 
Magnesita N.V, Maman Cargo Terminals and Handling 
Ltd, Tamar Petroleum Ltd, Mashav Initiating & Develop-
ment Ltd and Vesta Investment & Management. She 
also previously held Non-Executive positions at Bet 
Shemesh Engines Ltd and Hadera Paper, prior to which 
she was an audit partner at accountancy firm BDO. 

Sigalia holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting and 
Economics from Tel Aviv University and an Executive 
MBA from INSEAD and Tsinghua University.

PROF. VARDA LIBERMAN

Independent Non-Executive Director

Tenure: Appointed March 2022

Prof. Varda Liberman is a Non-Executive Director. 

Prof. Liberman is an international renowned expert in 
the field of decision-making and behavioural econom-
ics. In this capacity, she provides consulting and work-
shops in key elements of managerial decision-making 
and risk management to senior managements of 
organisations across a range of sectors, including 
healthcare, banking, investment, technology, the judi-
cial system and the Israeli Defence Forces.

Prof. Liberman is the Rector of Reichman University 
(IDC Herzliya) in Israel, and one of its founders and 
leaders. She is a professor at the business school, a 
visiting researcher at Stanford University, and the 
author of several books and many scientific articles. 
Over the years, she has held a variety of managerial 
positions at the Reichman University, among them, 
heading the mathematics and statistics studies, lead-
ing the decision-making area in the business school, 
and founding and heading the MBA programme in 
Healthcare Innovation. 

Prof. Liberman holds a B.Sc. in Mathematics and Sta-
tistics, an M.Sc. in Mathematics and a Ph.D. in Math-
ematics, all from Tel Aviv University.

STEVE BALDWIN

Independent Non-Executive Director

Tenure: 5 years (Appointed June 2017)

Steve Baldwin is a Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Nomination Committee. 

Upon Daniel King’s tenure finishing in June 2022, 
Steve will also chair the ESG Committee.

Steve is currently the Chair of TruFin Plc and is also a 
Non-Executive Director of The Edinburgh Investment 
Trust Plc. Steve has an extensive corporate finance 
background and held the position of Head of Euro-
pean Equity Capital Markets and Corporate Broking 
at Macquarie Capital until 2015 when he decided to 
pursue a non-executive career. Prior to joining Mac-
quarie Capital, Steve was a Corporate Finance Director 
at JP Morgan Cazenove for ten years and previously 
a Vice President of Corporate Finance at UBS. 

Steve qualified as a Chartered Accountant at Coopers 
& Lybrand after graduating with a BA in Zoology from 
St Catherine’s College, Oxford University.

TAMI GOTTLIEB

Independent Non-Executive Director and External 
Director

Tenure: 1 year (Appointed March 2021)

Tami Gottlieb is a Non-Executive Director and Chair of 
the Audit Committee.

Tami has a long track record in the financial services 
industry in Israel and is currently an External Director 
at Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd. – one of Israel’s two largest 
commercial banks, where she is the Chair of the Audit 
and Financial Reports Committees and a member of 
the Remuneration and Business & Credit & Strategy 
Committees, having previously been on the Technol-
ogy Committee and on the Risk Management Commit-
tee. Tami Gottlieb is also a Chair at Shefayim Holdings 
Corporation, an External Director at Extell Limited and 
a Director at Emilia Development. She is also a founder 
and Managing Director of Harvest Capital Markets Ltd, 
a wealth management and corporate finance boutique.

Tami holds a Bachelor’s Degree in International Relations 
from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and a Master’s 
Degree in Economics from Indiana University.

DANIEL KING

Independent Non-Executive Director and External 
Director

Tenure: 9 years (Appointed June 2013)

Daniel King is a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the 
Remuneration and ESG Committees (until June 2022). 

Daniel has spent the last two decades in executive and 
senior management roles within technology corporates 
as well as start-ups as an operator, advisor and inves-
tor with a focus on Fintech, eCommerce technology, 
Big Data, BI, Analytics, SaaS platforms, and Market-
places for both B2B and B2C. He has extensive knowl-
edge in investing, fundraising, and scaling high-growth 
companies including international expansion.

Daniel is currently a Venture Partner with Seedcamp, 
one of Europe’s largest Venture Capital firms for early 
stage funding. He is also Chair of StitcherAds a plat-
form for social commerce. Previously, he was President 
& COO for Profitero, a SaaS provider of online insights 
and e-commerce intelligence for retailers and brands 
and prior to that was a specialist consultant to the UK 

53

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Governance Report

The Board
The Board maintains full control and direction over appropriate strate-
gic, financial, organisational and compliance issues. The Company’s 
organisational structure has clearly defined lines of authority, respon-
sibility and accountability, which are reviewed regularly. The annual 
budget and forecasts are reviewed by the Board prior to approval being 
given. This includes the identification and assessment of the business 
risks inherent in the Group and the online financial trading industry as 
a whole, along with associated financial and regulatory risks. At least 
annually, and on other occasions as necessary, the Company’s senior 
executives are invited to attend meetings of the Board in order to 
present and discuss various matters relating to their functions and 
areas of responsibilities.

Board activities during the year
The Board agrees at the end of each year the annual calendar and forward 
meeting agenda for the following year, and additionally meets at such 
other times as required. The matters accepted by the Board for consid-
eration at Board meetings are business strategy, operational highlights 
and current trading, quarterly forecasts, budget and financial performance, 
governance, organisational culture and risk & regulation, as further 
detailed at the schedule of matters specifically reserved for decision by 
the full Board members, which can be found on the Company’s website: 
www.plus500.com.

54

Board Activity in 2021

Strategy

Business, 
operational 
highlights and 
current trading

Quarterly 
forecasts and 
budget

Financial  
performance

People, 
governance,  
risk and 
regulation

Whistleblowing

Culture and 
values

 – A comprehensive strategy discussion was held in 
December 2020, with support from a well-known glob-
al strategic advisory firm, at which a new vision and 
strategy was discussed and agreed, in the context of a 
detailed discussion about the competitive environment 
and potential growth opportunities for the Group.

 – During 2021 the Board discussed actions to deliver on 
the strategy for the coming years, as set out on pages 
20 – 21.

 – The Board held strategic discussion, and approved the 
acquisitions of Cunningham and CTS in line with the 
Company’s strategy to evolve into a multi-asset fintech 
group and expand the Group’s geographic footprint.

The Board received monthly updates including CEO 
reviews, financial performance updates, business develop-
ment updates and risk and regulatory compliance reports.

Updates were provided and discussed on a monthly and 
quarterly basis. Discussions on the 2022 budget were 
held in October 2021 and in December 2021 and it received 
final approval in December 2021.

The Board reviewed and approved the on-going trading 
updates and results announcements. The Board consid-
ered and approved dividend distributions and share buy-
backs, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
Annual Report.

The Board received updates and conducted discussions 
about regulatory developments and emerging risks. It also 
received training and briefings on regulatory changes and 
updates, in addition to on-going updates on compliance 
matters.

The Board reviewed and approved the Group’s Whistle-
blowing Policy, as it does on an annual basis, and received 
an update by the Whistleblowing Supervisor that no com-
plaints were received in 2021.

The Board continued to monitor and review the Group’s 
culture, values and performance primarily through regular 
discussions with the Executive Directors, senior manag-
ment and their teams. In addition, Steve Baldwin, in his 
role as the workforce engagement representative on the 
Board held round table sessions with employees from 
various departments of the Company, as well as with 
certain employees of the Group’s subsidiaries.

Shareholder 
returns

The Board declared the payment of dividends and adopt-
ed share buyback programmes during the year, in line with 
the Group’s shareholder returns policy.

Other

 – An internal effectiveness evaluation of the Board and 

its committees has been conducted;

 – Review of monthly reporting decks on Risk and Compli-

ance;

 – Receiving on-going updates from Board committees’ 

chairs;

 –  Board trainings on various topics, including: ESG, Cyber 
security, the UK Market Abuse Regulation, Israeli & UK 
Corporate Law; 

 – Annual review and approval of Human Rights and Mod-

ern Slavery Statement; and

 – Annual review and approval of Company’s policies and 

procedures.

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportBoard committees
The Board has appointed six principal committees to which certain 
aspects of the Board’s work are delegated, in order to assist the Board 
in carrying out its responsibilities and as required under the Companies 
Law. Each committee has adopted its own terms of reference, approved 
by the Board, and establishes an annual plan. The full terms of refer-
ence of the Board’s committees are available on the Company’s website. 
The Chair of each committee provides regular updates to the Board on 
the matters discussed at the committee’s meetings and provides the 
committee’s recommendations to the Board when required.

A brief description of the main roles of each of the Board’s committees 
is set out below.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee has been delegated responsibil-
ity for determining, within the agreed terms of reference and in 
accordance with the Companies Law, the Group’s policy on the 
remuneration packages of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, the Chair and other Non-Executive 
Directors, the Company Secretary and other senior executives 
and the Company’s remuneration policy. The Committee’s respon-
sibilities, main activities and priorities for the next reporting cycle 
are set out on pages 74 – 80.

Nomination Committee

Disclosure Committee

The Nomination Committee has been delegated responsibility 
for the oversight of appointments to the Board and the senior 
management team. The Committee’s responsibilities, main 
activities and priorities for the next reporting cycle are set out 
on pages 60 – 63.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee has been delegated responsibility for ensur-
ing the financial performance of the Group is properly reported 
on and reviewed and the monitoring of the external auditor, the 
internal auditor and oversight of internal controls. The Commit-
tee’s responsibilities, main activities and priorities for the next 
reporting cycle are set out on pages 64 – 68.

Regulatory & Risk Committee

The Regulatory & Risk Committee has been delegated respon-
sibility for the monitoring and oversight of risk management and 
mitigation and the approval of risk appetite. The Committee’s 
responsibilities, main activities and priorities for the next report-
ing cycle are set out on pages 69 – 70.

Environmental, Social and Governance Committee

The ESG Committee has been delegated responsibility for con-
sidering the adequacy of the Group’s ESG policies and processes. 
The Committee’s responsibilities, main activities and priorities 
for the next reporting cycle are set out on pages 71 – 73.

The Disclosure Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its obli-
gation to make timely and accurate disclosure of all information 
that is required to be disclosed to meet legal and regulatory 
requirements and obligations under the UK Market Abuse Reg-
ulations and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
of the FCA, including the requirement for the Company to estab-
lish and maintain adequate procedures, systems and controls 
to enable it to comply with these obligations. Whenever neces-
sary, the Committee meets to discuss the content of announce-
ments proposed to be released to the London Stock Exchange 
and approve their content, where relevant.

Operation of the Board
The Board is responsible for the effective direction and control of the 
Group. The Board is also responsible for the overall strategy and finan-
cial performance of the Group and has a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for its approval. The schedule of matters covers key strategic, 
financial and operational matters including:

 – Approval of the Group’s strategic aims and objectives;
 – Approval of the annual operating and capital expenditure budgets of 

the Group, and any material changes to them;

 – Changes to the Group’s capital structure, management and control 

structure;

 – Contracts which are material strategically or by reason of size, entered 
into by the Company or any subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
and

 – Recommended appointments to the Board.

The Company Secretary, Hila Barak, is responsible for ensuring that 
the Company complies with the statutory and regulatory requirements 
and maintains high standards of corporate governance. She supports 
and works closely with the Chair of the Board, the Senior Independent 
Director, the Chief Executive Officer and the Board committee chairs 
in setting agendas for meetings of the Board and its committees and 
supports the transfer of timely and accurate information flow from and 
to the Board and the management of the Company. Hila Barak is a 
certified lawyer in Israel since 2012 and joined Plus500 after years of 
experience in corporate and securities law, being an associate with one 
of the leading law firms in Israel. Hila holds an LL.B, BA in Social science 
and an Executive MBA, all from the University of Haifa. All Directors 
have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who 

55

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Governance Report continued

is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are 
complied with. Both the appointment and removal of the Company 
Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.

Board effectiveness
The Board holds its meetings in accordance with its scheduled calen-
dar. Each Board meeting is preceded by a clear agenda and any relevant 
information is provided to the Directors in advance of the meeting. The 
Board met on twelve occasions in 2021 to review, formulate and approve 
the Group’s strategy, budgets and corporate actions and to oversee 
the Group’s progress towards its goals. The Board also holds regular 
conference calls to update the members on operational and other 
business matters. A summary of the key activities of the Board in 2021 
is set out on page 54.

Where Directors have concerns, which cannot be resolved, about the 
running of the Company or a proposed action, they may request that 
their concerns are recorded in the Board minutes. An agreed procedure 
exists for Directors in the furtherance of their duties to take independ-
ent professional advice.

Induction of newly appointed Directors
Newly appointed Directors are made aware of their responsibilities 
through the Company Secretary. The Company has accordingly imple-
mented an internal induction plan for newly appointed Directors in 
which it provides the Directors with training sessions via internal meet-
ings, presentations and conversations which are conducted by Company 
advisors (such as legal advisors), the senior management and other 
relevant persons in order to enable greater awareness and understand-
ing of the Company’s business and the legal and business environment 
in which it operates. Moreover, the induction plan includes provision 
of various documents and reports, such as constitutional documents, 
organisational chart and Group structure, previous Board minutes, 
Group’s policies as well as PR and IR materials.

Chair of the Board
The Chair of the Board, Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, is responsible for lead-
ing the Board and ensuring its effectiveness, by setting the relevant 
agenda and providing sufficient time for constructive discussions in 
which the Board has the ability to challenge the discussed items. The 
Chair is responsible for creating the open and engaging atmosphere 
that enables the healthy and constructive discussions of the Board. 
The Chair is also responsible for ensuring effective communication 
between Executives, Non-Executive Directors, shareholders and between 
other major stakeholders and the Board.

Chief Executive Officer
The Chief Executive Officer, David Zruia, acts as the main point of com-
munication between the Board and management and is responsible for 
the day-to-day running of the business and implementation of strategy.

Chief Financial Officer
The Chief Financial Officer, Elad Even-Chen, is responsible for covering 
a broad range of finance, business, corporate and strategic functions, 
such as monitoring the operational and financial results, overseeing 
liquidity management and managing the financial reporting of the Group.

Non-Executive Directors
Collectively, the Non-Executive Directors bring a valuable range of 
expertise in assisting the Company to achieve its strategic goals. The 
effectiveness of the Board benefits from the following skills, expertise 
and experience offered by the current members of the Board: financial 
services, finance and accounting, governance and regulatory, research 
and development, ESG, risk and regulation, technology and other finan-
cial expertise.

Senior Independent Director
The Senior Independent Director, Anne Grim, acts as a sounding board 
for the Chair, providing him with support in the delivery of his objectives 
and leading the evaluation of the Chair on behalf of the other Directors. 
The Senior Independent Director may also take responsibility for an 
orderly succession process for the Chair, working closely with the 
Nomination Committee. The Senior Independent Director also serves 
on several Board committees and is available to shareholders if they 
have concerns that contact through the normal channels of Chair, Chief 
Executive or other Executive Directors has failed to resolve or for which 
such contact is inappropriate.

Board composition 
As of the date of this Annual Report, the Board comprises two Execu-
tive Directors (who constitute 22% of the Board): David Zruia and Elad 
Even-Chen, and seven Non-Executive Directors (who constitute 78% of 
the Board): Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel (Chair of the Board), Anne Grim 
(Senior Non-Executive Director), Daniel King, Steve Baldwin, Sigalia 
Heifetz, Tami Gottlieb and Prof. Varda Liberman. Prof. Frenkel was 
independent on appointment, in accordance with the requirements of 
the Code. As a Senior Independent Director, Anne Grim is available to 
meet with shareholders if they have concerns which are not being 
addressed through the usual channels of the Chair, the Chief Executive 
Officer or the Chief Financial Officer.

In accordance with the Companies Law, the Board must always have 
at least two external directors who meet certain statutory requirements 
of independence (the “External Directors”). The Company’s External 
Directors are Daniel King, Anne Grim and Tami Gottlieb. Under the 
Companies Law the term of office of an External Director is three years, 
which can be extended for two additional three-year terms. External 
Directors are elected by shareholders subject to a special majority and 
may be removed from office only in limited cases. Mr. King’s nine years 
tenure ends in June 2022, after which the Board will have two External 
Directors – Anne Grim and Tami Gottlieb and will therefore, be fully 
aligned with the provisions of the Companies Law. In addition to the 
above, any committee of the Board must include at least one External 
Director and the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee must 
each include all of the External Directors (including one External Direc-
tor serving as the chair of the Audit Committee and Remuneration 
Committee), and a majority of the members of each of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees must comply with the Director independ-
ence requirements.

56

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportBoard composition and attendance in FY 2021

Chair of the Board

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel1 

Executive Directors

David Zruia 

Elad Even-Chen

Senior Independent Non-Executive, External Director

Anne Grim

Independent Non-Executive, External Director

Daniel King 

Tami Gottlieb2 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Steve Baldwin

Sigalia Heifetz3 

Past Directors

Gal Haber4 

Penny Judd5 

Charles Fairbairn6 

SCHEDULED MEETINGS 
ELIGIBLE TO ATTEND

SCHEDULED MEETINGS
ATTENDED 

6

12

12

12

12

10

12

11

0

6

6

6 (100%)

12 (100%)

12 (100%) 

12 (100%)

12 (100%)

9 (90%)7

12 (100%)

11 (100%)

0

6 (100%)

6 (100%)

1.  Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel was appointed on 4 May 2021.
2.  Tami Gottlieb was appointed on 16 March 2021.
3.  Sigalia Heifetz was appointed on 4 February 2021.
4.  Gal Haber stepped down from the Board on 4 January 2021, prior to any scheduled meeting of the Board.
5.  Penny Judd stepped down from the Board at the 2021 AGM held on 4 May.
6.  Charles Fairbairn stepped down from the Board at the 2021 AGM held on 4 May. 
7.  Tami Gottlieb was unable to attend one Board meeting due to illness.

General note: Prof. Varda Liberman was appointed as a Board member in March 2022, thus she is not included in the Board’s attendance table in FY 2021.

Election of Directors
Following recommendations from the Nomination Committee and a 
review by the Chair of the Board, the Board considers that all Directors 
continue to be effective, remain committed to their roles and have 
sufficient time available to perform their duties. Information with respect 
to Directors’ re-election will be set out in the 2022 Notice of AGM.

Independence of Non-Executive Directors and time commitment
Each of the Non-Executive Directors is considered to be independent of 
management and is considered by the Board to be free from any busi-
ness or other relationships that could compromise their independence. 
Their role is to effectively advise and challenge management, and to 
monitor management’s success in delivering the strategy agreed by the 
Board. The Chair and the Non-Executive Directors held discussions and 
met during the year, without the Executive Directors’ presence, in order 
to review and monitor management performance. Also during the year, 
the Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior Independent Director, met 
without the Chair’s presence, in order to, among others, evaluate his 
performance. As of FY 2022, such discussions are intended to be sched-
uled at least twice a year.

Each Director is aware of the need to allocate sufficient time to the 
Company in order to fulfil their responsibilities and is notified of all 
scheduled Board and Board Committee meetings. None of the Non-
Executive Directors hold any directorships in any FTSE 100 company. 

Conflicts of interest
The Company has procedures for the disclosure and review of any 
conflicts of interest, or potential conflicts of interest, which the Directors 
may have. The Board members are asked to disclose any conflicts of 
interest at each scheduled Board meeting. Each Director is aware of 
their responsibility to avoid conflicts of interest and to disclose any 
conflict or potential conflict of interest to the Board. A Director who 
has a personal interest in a matter that is considered at a meeting of 
the Board, the Audit Committee or the Remuneration Committee shall 
not attend that meeting (unless the chair of the Board, the Audit Com-
mittee or the Remuneration Committee, as the case may be, determines 
that such person’s presence at the meeting is required for presentation 
of the relevant transaction) or vote on that matter, unless a majority of 
the respective forum has a personal interest in the matter as well. If a 
majority of the Board has a personal interest in the transaction, then 
shareholders’ approval is also required.

The authorisation of a conflict matter, and the terms of authorisation, 
may be reviewed at any time by the Board. The Board considers that 
these procedures are operating effectively. There have been no matters 
arising requiring assessment by the Board as a potential conflict during 
this year.

57

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsGovernance Report continued

Board evaluation
Provision 21 of the Code recommends that FTSE 350 companies 
consider having an external evaluation once every three years. The 
previous externally facilitated Board evaluation was carried out in 2019 
with the feedback report presented by Genius Boards.

Board training and development
On a regular basis, all Board members are given updates on changes 
and developments in the business and the environment in which the 
Group operates, in order to further develop the understanding and 
awareness of the Board. 

The evaluation covered attending several Board meetings and Com-
mittee meetings, interviewing the Board, the Company Secretary and 
several executives and relevant advisors to the Company.

The Company Secretary and the legal advisors provide updates to the 
Board on any relevant legislative and regulatory corporate governance-
related changes on an on-going basis.

The Company expects to have its next externally facilitated Board 
evaluation in 2022.

During the year, the Board also conducted an internal Board effective-
ness evaluation, led by the Chair and the Company Secretary with the 
support of the Company’s external advisors. The Board members were 
requested to complete questionnaires and to evaluate the performance 
of the Board and its committees during 2021, as well as the performance 
of the Chair and their own performance as Board members. The ques-
tionnaires were developed by the Chair and the Company Secretary, 
taking into consideration the findings of the 2020 internal evaluation 
and also the Financial Reporting Council’s Guidance on Board Effective-
ness, and were circulated to all Board members and each Committee 
member for completion. 

The Company Secretary discussed the feedback received from the 
completed questionnaires with the Chair, the Senior Independent Direc-
tor and each committee chair. A final report on the feedback, comments 
and suggestions received was circulated to the Board and its Commit-
tees, and was presented by the Company Secretary and discussed by 
the Board at its meeting held in December 2021. 

The findings determined, among other things, that the Board has made 
good progress from FY 2020 in relation to:

 – Remuneration matters, including an approval of a new Remuneration 

Policy for Directors and Executives;

 – Time management at the Board and Committee meetings;
 – Process for attracting and selecting new Directors;
 – Board composition – gender and fields of experience and expertise;
 – Progressing well in the ESG journey; 
 – Management information is freely available to the relevant parties, 
with better content and format of the management reports contained 
in the Board packs; 

 – Good regulatory, risk and business knowledge on the Board; and 
 – Timeliness of succession planning.

Opportunities for improved effectiveness were also identified, and the 
Board, supported by the Company Secretary, will apply themselves 
delivering the agreed actions arising from the internal review in 2022.

During the year the Directors attended training on various areas includ-
ing ESG, cyber security, the UK Market Abuse Regulation and Israeli & 
UK Corporate Law.

Ensuring that the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understand-
able
In relation to the Annual Report and the Consolidated Financial State-
ments for the year ended 31 December 2021, the Board, in conjunction 
with the Audit Committee have sought to ensure that the Annual Report 
is fair, balanced and understandable. The Board considers that, taken 
as a whole, the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

The Company encourages the engagement of both institutional and 
private investors. During 2021, in light of COVID-19 restrictions and 
related public health guidance by various governments, the majority 
of investor meetings were conducted by the Company through virtual 
channels, including conference calls and video conferences. The Chief 
Executive Officer, David Zruia, and Chief Financial Officer, Elad Even-
Chen met regularly with institutional investors, particularly with regard 
to the issuance of half and full year results. They were accompanied 
at these meetings by the Company’s Head of Investor Relations, who 
manages Plus500’s relationships and communications with the invest-
ment community. The Chair of the Board also met regularly with key 
investors during the year. 

Communication with private individuals is maintained through the 
Annual General Meeting and any Extraordinary General Meeting, the 
Company’s annual and interim reports and the scheduled, or otherwise 
required, trading updates. The Chair of the Audit, Remuneration, Nom-
ination, Regulatory & Risk and ESG Committees are available to answer 
questions at the Company’s Annual General Meetings. In addition, 
further details on the strategy and performance of the Company can 
be found on its website (www.plus500.com), which includes copies of 
the Company’s regulatory news, financial statements, investor pres-
entations and other reports.

Regular updates are provided to the Board on meetings with sharehold-
ers and analysts, as well as on brokers’ opinions. Non-Executive Direc-
tors are available to meet major shareholders, as required. Investors 
are also encouraged to contact the Company’s Head of Investor Rela-
tions at: ir@Plus500.com.

58

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportShareholder Engagement

Major interests in shares
As at 21 March 2022, being the latest practicable date before the 
approval of this report, the Company is aware of the following persons 
who, directly or indirectly, were interested in 3% or more of the Com-
pany’s capital or voting rights:

FUND MANAGER

Odey Asset Management

Schroder Investment Management

The Vanguard Group, Inc

BlackRock Inc

NUMBER 
OF 
SHARES

9,057,360

5,289,085

 4,419,730

4,273,471

%

9.09

5.31

 4.44

4.29

2022 Annual General Meeting
Given many of the Company’s Board members are based in international 
locations, and with travel restrictions remaining in place in certain 
geographies, in order to facilitate an effective participation by the 
shareholders from various jurisdictions, the Company’s 2022 Annual 
General Meeting will be held as a hybrid meeting. Going forward, sub-
ject to future changes to travel restrictions, it is expected that the 
Company’s AGMs will be held on a physical or hybrid basis.

Details of all resolutions to be proposed at the 2022 Annual General 
Meeting will be included in the Notice of the 2022 Annual General 
Meeting to be circulated by the Company to all shareholders in due 
course.

2021 Annual General Meeting
The 2021 Annual General Meeting was held on 4 May 2021 as a virtual 
meeting, due to the UK government restrictions following the COVID-19 
pandemic.

All resolutions proposed at the 2021 AGM were duly passed by share-
holders by means of a poll vote. 

Following consultations made with shareholders ahead of the 2021 
AGM, the Remuneration Committee excluded special, one-off bonuses 
in future Executive Remuneration plans in the Company’s new Remu-
neration Policy. A resolution to approve the new Remuneration Policy 
was approved by over 94% of shareholders’ votes at the AGM.

The Board noted that two resolutions passed at the 2021 AGM had 
more than 20% of votes cast against them. These resolutions related 
to an advisory vote on the Directors’ Remuneration Report and a tax-
related bonus payment regarding the Company obtaining a highly 
beneficial approval from the Israeli Tax Authority and the Israel Innova-
tion Authority as a Preferred Technological Enterprise. Since the AGM 
results, the Board have engaged with various shareholder advisory 
bodies and a number of shareholders, taking into account their feedback.

The Board always takes the outcome of shareholders’ votes seriously 
and, going forward, will continue its engagement and dialogue with 
shareholders and their representatives and will continue to consider 
related shareholders’ feedback, with a view to implementing the feed-
back, as appropriate.

59

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the Nomination Committee

“With several significant appointments 
made in 2021, including of Prof. Jacob 
A. Frenkel as the Board’s new Chair, 
substantial progress was made in ex-
panding the range of the Board’s ex-
pertise  and  further  diversifying  its 
composition.”

Steve Baldwin, Chair of the Nomination Committee

Dear shareholder 
As the Chair of the Nomination Committee, I am pleased to have this 
opportunity to give you an overview of the work of the Committee during 
2021.

The Board is committed to evaluating and reviewing the structure, size 
and composition of the Board on a continual basis, including the bal-
ance of skills, knowledge, experience and diversity (including gender 
diversity) of the Board while factoring in the Company’s strategy, risk 
appetite and future development.

During the year, the Committee undertook a review of the broader 
composition of the Board, and identified a need to add further Independ-
ent Non-Executive Directors to increase the Board‘s talent diversity. 
Subsequently, an external headhunter, True Europe LLP (“True Search”) 
was engaged to support the process and to identify potential candidates 
with the required skills, experience and diversity credentials. 

The Committee engaged the services of True Search and candidate 
briefs were compiled and lists of appropriate candidates for each brief 
were drawn up with input from the Board and its advisors. Other than 
in respect of recruitment services, True Search has no other connection 
with the Company or any of its Directors.

I am pleased that in 2021 we welcomed to the Board two female Direc-
tors, Ms. Sigalia Heifetz, who was appointed in February 2021 as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director (and was re-elected at our 2021 
AGM), and Ms. Tami Gottlieb, whose nomination for appointment as 
an Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director was 
approved by our shareholders at our 2021 EGM held in March 2021. 
Tami was also appointed as the Chair of the Audit Committee following 
the departure of Charles Fairbairn.

Also, during 2021 the Committee led the search for a new Chair of the 
Board to succeed Penny Judd, who served as a Non-Executive Director 
since 2016 and as our Chair since 2017. True Search was engaged 
again to support the process and to identify potential candidates with 
the required skills, background experience and expertise. After a thor-
ough and transparent process, Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel was identified 
as the best suited candidate and I am pleased that his appointment 
was approved by the Company’s shareholders at our 2021 AGM held 
on 4 May 2021, with excellent support from 99.83% of those voting.

The Committee also identified a need to add an additional Independent 
Non-Executive Director in 2022 to increase the Board‘s talent diversity 
and was also mindful that Daniel King, our long serving Independent 
Non-Executive Director and External Director had served since the 
Company’s IPO in 2013 and would not be eligible under the Companies 
Law for re-election in 2022. Following a further search process, and as 
announced on 18 March 2022, Prof. Varda Liberman was appointed 
as an Independent Non-Executive Director.

The new Board members have gone through an extensive induction 
process, as further described on page 56 above.

The Board is committed to diversity of gender, ethnicity, background, 
nationality and professional experience and these were the key pillars 
of the searches. Hence, I am delighted that our Board composition was 
significantly diversified during FY 2021 by the addition of three Inde-
pendent Non-Executive Directors – Ms. Sigalia Heifetz, Ms. Tami Got-
tlieb and Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, as the Chair of the Board, and also very 
recently with the appointment of Prof. Varda Liberman as an additional 
Independent Non-Executive Director.

60

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportCommittee composition
The Nomination Committee comprises Steve Baldwin, Daniel 
King and Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, and is chaired by Steve Baldwin. 
The Code recommends that a majority of the members of a 
nomination committee should be Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Board considers Steve Baldwin, Daniel King and 
Jacob Frenkel to be independent for the purposes of the Code. 
Upon Daniel King’s tenure finishing in June 2022, Anne Grim, 
the Senior Independent Director and External Director, shall 
replace Daniel King as a member of the Nomination Committee. 
Details of the skills and experience of the Committee members 
are set out on pages 52 – 53 of this Annual Report. Details of 
individual attendance at meetings are set out in the Committee 
attendance table below.

Committee attendance (in FY 2021)

Steve Baldwin (Chair)

Daniel King

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel1 

Past members

Gal Haber2 

Charles Fairbairn3 

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS  
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND

3

3

2

0

0

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED

3 (100%) 

3 (100%)

2 (100%)

0

0

1.  Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel was appointed as a member of the Committee on 

12 May 2021.

2.  Gal  Haber  stepped  down  from  the  Committee  (and  from  the  Board)  on 

4 January 2021, prior to any scheduled meeting of the Committee.

3.  Charles Fairbairn stepped down from the Committee on 3 February 2021, 

prior to any scheduled meeting of the Committee.

These appointments have increased the gender diversity on the Board, 
and have ensured that the Company increases its talent diversity, in 
line with the Code and the recommendations of the Hampton-Alexan-
der Review on gender equality in leadership positions. Following these 
additional appointments, I am pleased to report that, as of the date of 
this Annual Report, the Board comprises 44% female Directors (four 
female Directors out of nine Directors). Also, following Daniel King’s 
tenure finishing in June 2022, the Board will comprise 50% female 
Directors (four female Directors out of eight Directors). 

I would like to thank Daniel for all his help during his time on the Com-
mittee.

During the year, the Committee recommended to the Board that a new 
Senior Independent Director be appointed to replace Charles Fairbairn 
who was stepping down as the Senior Independent Director at the 2021 
AGM held in May 2021. The Committee took into consideration the 
recommendations of the final Hampton-Alexander Report published in 
February 2021, which recommended that as a matter of best practice 
companies should have a woman in at least one of the four roles of Chair, 
CEO, SID and CFO. I am pleased that Ms. Anne Grim was appointed as 
our new SID, as of May 2021. Further details of Anne’s qualifications can 
be found on page 52.

According to the evaluation carried out by the Board, all Non-Executive 
Directors are considered to be independent in character and judgement 
and no cross-directorships exist between any of the Directors.

Due to the enhanced role of the Nomination Committee set out in the 
Code, we are continuing to develop our programme of activity accord-
ingly. Throughout 2021, the Nomination Committee dedicated time to 
review and discuss succession planning across the business, in order 
to ensure, among other things, that there is a good pipeline of female 
successors to many of the senior management roles throughout the 
business.

The Committee will continue this year to ensure that there is a strong 
talent pipeline with the necessary set of skills and expertise, whilst 
considering female representation and other diversity pillars as part of 
this process.

I look forward to reporting on the Nomination Committee’s further 
progress in the next year’s Annual Report.

Steve Baldwin 
Chair of the Nomination Committee 
22 March 2022

61

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
Report of the Nomination Committee 
continued

Committee responsibilities and activities 
The Nomination Committee has responsibility for reviewing the struc-
ture, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experi-
ence) of the Board, considering succession planning and ensuring 
diversity at Board-level. The other key governance mandates pursuant 
to the written terms of reference of the Nomination Committee (which 
are available on the Company’s website) are as follows:

 – To oversee succession planning for Directors and other senior execu-
tives, taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing the 
Company;

 – To identify, and nominate for the approval of the Board, candidates to 

fill Board vacancies (including External Directors' vacancies);

 – To make recommendations concerning the continuation in office of 
any Director at any time, including the suspension or termination of 
service; and

 – To prepare a description of the role and capabilities required for a 

particular appointment.

The Nomination Committee meets not less than twice a year and at 
such other times as required. The Nomination Committee takes into 
account the challenges and opportunities the Group is facing and which 
skills and expertise are therefore needed on the Board and its Commit-
tees in the future, whilst remaining committed to diversity of gender, 
ethnicity, background, nationality and professional experience and 
developing a talent pipeline reflective of this diversity.

A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee in 
2021 is set out below:

Board  
composition & 
Time commit-
ment

 – Re-election of Directors;
 – Review of core skills and experience of the Board and 

the independence of the Non-Executive Directors;

 – Review of membership of committees;
 – Appointment of three Independent Non-Executive Direc-

tors (including a new Chair of the Board); 

 – Appointment of a new Senior Independent Director; 
 – Appointment of new Chairs of the Audit Committee and 

the Regulatory & Risk Committee; and

 – Review of time commitment of the Non-Executive Direc-

tors.

Succession  
planning

 – Review tenure of the Directors;
 – Review of the Company’s written succession plan; and
 – Foster the development of talented employees through-

out the business.

Diversity

2021 internal 
Committee 
evaluation

 – Review and amend the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion 
Policy, in line with the Code and the 33% target for female 
board representation set out in the Hampton-Alexander 
Review; and

 – Review of Board diversity on the Board, and signifi-
cantly increased the female representation on the Board.

 – Discussion and assessment of the 2020 and 2021 
internal Nomination Committee evaluation findings.

Governance 

 – Review of the Committee’s terms of reference in light 

of the Code and the Companies Law; and

 – Review of 2021 Nomination Committee Report which 

is included within this Annual Report.

Following the activities of the Committee in 2021, the Committee is 
confident that each Director brings a unique set of skills and experience 
which enables the Board to be reflective of a diverse and varying range 
of perspectives and opinions and enables the Company to achieve its 
strategy and targets going forward.

The Committee believes that each Director’s contribution is important 
to the Company’s long-term sustainable success.

Priorities for FY 2022
In the coming year the Committee will continue to focus on key themes 
such as diversity and succession planning and ensuring a diverse tal-
ent pipeline throughout the Group. 

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion
The Board’s policy on equality, diversity and inclusion commits to:

 – Ensuring the selection and appointment process for employees and 

Directors includes a diverse range of candidates;

 – Ensuring that no unlawful discrimination occurs at any stage in the 
selection process on the grounds of age, disability, gender reassign-
ment, marriage and civil partnership, maternity, pregnancy, race, religion 
or belief, gender or sexual orientation, ethnicity, country of origin, 
nationality and cultural background;

 – Disclosing statistics on gender diversity in this Annual Report (page 33); 

and

 – Reviewing the policy from time to time and continuing to disclose the 

policy in the Annual Report.

The Board has taken significant steps to increase gender diversity. All 
Board appointments are made objectively based on an individual’s skills 
and expertise and consistent with the Company’s Equality, Diversity 
and Inclusion Policy. 

Board Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy

OBJECTIVES

PROGRESS UPDATE

Ensuring the selection and appoint-
ment process for employees and 
Directors includes a diverse range 
of candidates

Ensuring that no unlawful discrimi-
nation occurs at any stage in the 
selection process on the grounds 
of age, disability, gender reassign-
ment, marriage and civil partnership, 
maternity, pregnancy, race, religion 
or belief, gender or sexual orienta-
tion, ethnicity, country of origin, 
nationality and cultural background

Improve gender diversity at Board 
and senior management level

Review  Board  equality,  diversity  
& inclusion policy

Review employees’ recruitment proce-
dure which includes, among others, a 
non-discriminatory selection process, 
allowing the recruitment of a diverse 
workforce.

Review employees’ recruitment proce-
dures which include non-discriminato-
ry selection process, at all stages of 
the selection process.

One female Non-Executive Director was 
appointed in September 2020 and two 
additional female Non-Executive Direc-
tors were appointed in Q1 2021, follow-
ing the engagement with True Search. 
Also, an additional female Non-Execu-
tive Director was appointed in March 
2022.

The  Committee  has  reviewed  and 
approved the updated Board’s equality, 
diversity & inclusion policy, a copy of 
which is available on the Company’s 
website.

62

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportRelevant skills and experience on the Board

JACOB A. 
FRENKEL

DAVID 
ZRUIA

ELAD 
EVEN-CHEN

DANIEL
KING

STEVE 
BALDWIN

ANNE 
GRIM

NED

SIGALIA 
HEIFETZ

TAMI 
GOTTLIEB

VARDA 
LIBERMAN

NED

NED

NED

NED

Audit and risk management

NED

ED

Finance, banking, financial 
services and fund manage-
ment 

Capital raising, mergers, 
acquisitions, investment and 
transactions

Marketing

Compliance & Regulation

Shareholder relations

Digital technology

Innovation

ESG

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED

Enterprise Risk management

NED

ED   Executive Director        NED   Non-Executive Director

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED

ED

Succession planning
The Committee has spent time in 2021 considering the important 
matter of succession planning across the business and reviewed the 
written Succession Planning Procedure. In order to ensure minimal 
business disruption in the event of any unexpected senior management 
or Board departures, the Committee is committed to continue develop-
ing plans for identifying appropriate successors in the short, medium 
and long-term, whilst also having regard to the importance of diversity 
throughout the Group.

Due to the size of the Group, it is not always possible to identify inter-
nal successors for all roles throughout the business. Nevertheless, the 
Committee has reviewed plans for the succession of senior manage-
ment roles throughout the business and has identified appropriate 
candidates as potential successors (both immediate successors and 
long-term successors).

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

NED

63

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the Audit Committee

“The Audit Committee performs a key 
role in the Group’s governance frame-
work, in assessing internal controls 
across the Group and ensuring the in-
tegrity of the Group’s financial results.”

Tami Gottlieb, Chair of the Audit Committee

Dear shareholder 
I am honoured to have been appointed as the new chair of the Audit 
Committee of the Board in May 2021. The Committee functions very 
efficiently, supported by a number of consistent and professional 
processes that form the basis of the Committee’s monitoring and review 
framework. I would like to thank Charles Fairbairn, my predecessor, for 
his efforts in establishing this solid foundation on which to manage 
the Committee. 

With that in mind, I am pleased to take this opportunity to give you an 
overview of the work of the Committee during 2021. The Audit Com-
mittee performs a key role in the Group’s governance framework, in 
assessing internal controls across the Group and ensuring the integrity 
of the Group’s financial results.

Committee responsibilities and activities
The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is properly reported on and reviewed. The 
other key governance mandates pursuant to the written terms of refer-
ence of the Audit Committee (which are available on the Company’s 
website) are as follows: 

 – To monitor the integrity of the Consolidated Financial Statements of 
the Group (including annual and interim accounts and results announce-
ments);

 – To monitor the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
financial controls and internal control and risk management systems;
 – To advise on the appointment of the Company’s external auditor and 

on their remuneration; and

 – To monitor and review the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 

Priorities for the Audit Committee during the year included financial 
reporting and the associated assurance of these reports.

audit function.

With the assistance of Deloitte, our internal auditor during FY 2021, we 
reviewed and monitored a multi-year internal audit plan which we will 
continue to review and update over time. In January 2022, we concluded 
that given the increase in the scope of business of the Group and the 
diversification of its portfolio and geographical scope, it would be in 
our interest to replace Deloitte as our internal auditor. As a result, and 
after due process, we appointed E&Y as our new internal auditors, as 
of FY 2022. 

The Committee also reviewed a list of non-audit services provided this 
year by the Company’s external auditor and approved its audit plan for 
2022.

I look forward to reporting on the Audit Committee’s progress going 
forward, in next year’s Annual Report.

In addition, under the Companies Law, the Audit Committee is required 
to monitor deficiencies in the business management of the Company, 
including by consulting with the internal auditor and independent 
accountants, to review, classify and approve related party transactions 
and extraordinary transactions, to review the internal auditor’s audit 
plan, to oversee the performance of the Company’s internal auditor 
and the internal control functions and to establish and monitor whistle-
blower procedures.

The Audit Committee meets not less than four times a year at appropri-
ate intervals in the financial reporting and audit cycle and otherwise 
as required. The Audit Committee met on six occasions during 2021. 
The internal and external auditors have the right to attend meetings. 
The relevant Executive Directors, the Company’s legal advisors and 
other persons may, by invitation from the Chair of the Audit Committee, 
attend meetings. At least twice per year, the Audit Committee meets 
privately with the external auditor to discuss issues relating to the 
Company’s management and as required under the Companies Law. 

Tami Gottlieb 
Chair of the Audit Committee 
22 March 2022

64

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee in 
2021 is set out below:

Financial  
performance 
review

Internal audit 
review

Review of the financial performance and review of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group twice a 
year.

Review assessments of the control environment via inter-
nal audit reports, and monitor progress on implementing 
internal audit recommendations.

External audit 
review

Review progress on implementing external audit recom-
mendations. Monitor and review the effectiveness and 
independence of the external audit function.

Risk control

2021 internal 
Committee 
evaluation

Assist the Board in the monitoring of the Group’s internal 
controls and risk management systems and their effective-
ness.

Discussion and assessment of the 2020 and 2021 inter-
nal Audit Committee evaluation findings.

Governance 

 – Review of the Committee’s terms of reference in light 

of the Code and the Companies Law.

 – Review of 2021 Audit Committee Report which is 

included within this Annual Report.

Significant accounting and financial judgements in 2021
The Committee considered a number of significant accounting and 
financial judgements and estimates, which were discussed with the 
external auditors in the planning stage of the audit, and received the 
external auditor’s confirmation that no additional matters have arisen 
and require the Committee’s attention.

The significant judgements considered were: revenue recognition, 
uncertain tax positions, the control environment, compliance with laws 
and regulations and appropriateness of the going concern basis of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and the level of cash required within 
the business to satisfy both external regulators and the Group’s market 
risk management.

External auditor
It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to keep under review the 
scope and effectiveness of the external auditor. This includes recom-
mending the appointment of the external auditor to the Board and 
reviewing the scope of the audit, approving the audit fee and, on an 
annual basis, satisfying itself that the auditor is independent. The 
external auditor is engaged to express an opinion on the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. The external auditor conducts the audit accord-
ing to the audit plan which include different audit procedures like con-
firmations, testing samples and discussing with management the 
reporting of operational results and the financial status of the Group, 
to the extent necessary to express their audit opinion.

Committee composition
The Code recommends that an audit committee should include 
at least three members who are Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, and that at least one member should have recent and 
relevant financial experience. The Companies Law requires that 
an audit committee consist of at least three Directors qualified 
to serve as members of an audit committee under the Compa-
nies Law, including all External Directors, and must be comprised 
of a majority of Directors meeting certain independence criteria 
of the Companies Law. The Chair of the audit committee must 
be an External Director. 

The Audit Committee is chaired by Tami Gottlieb (as of May 
2021) who succeeded Charles Fairbairn, and its other members 
are Daniel King (until his tenure finishing in June 2022), Steve 
Baldwin, Anne Grim and Prof. Varda Liberman (appointed as of 
March 2022). All of the members are therefore independent 
Non-Executive Directors under the Code and meet the criteria 
for independence under the Companies Law. Tami Gottlieb, 
Daniel King and Anne Grim are considered External Directors 
under the Companies Law. 

The Board considers that Tami Gottlieb has recent and relevant 
financial experience in accordance with the requirements of the 
Code. All of the Committee members have relevant Diversified 
Financial Services experience. Details of the skills and experience 
of the Committee members are set out on pages 52 – 53. Details 
of individual attendance at meetings are set out in the Commit-
tee attendance table below.

Committee attendance (in FY 2021)

Tami Gottlieb (Chair)1 

Daniel King

Steve Baldwin

Anne Grim

Past members

Charles Fairbairn2 

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS  
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED

5

6

6

6

3

4 (80%)3

6 (100%)

6 (100%)

6 (100%)

3 (100%)

1.  Tami Gottlieb was appointed as a member of the Committee on 16 March 

2021 and serves as the Chair of the Committee as of 4 May 2021.

2.  Charles Fairbairn (previous Chair of the Committee) stepped down from 

the Committee and the Board on 4 May 2021.

3.  Tami Gottlieb was unable to attend one Committee meeting due to illness.

General note: Prof. Varda Liberman was appointed as a member of the Com-
mittee in March 2022, thus she is not included in the Committee’s attendance 
table in FY 2021.

65

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Report of the Audit Committee continued

Performance and effectiveness of the external auditor
Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers 
International Limited, was appointed as the Company’s external audi-
tor in 2013 and has been retained since then to perform audit and 
audit-related work on the Company and other local offices of Pricewa-
terhouseCoopers perform audit and audit-related work on the majority 
of the Company's subsidiaries. The Committee assesses the auditor’s 
independence and effectiveness at least on an annual basis, through 
closed sessions and enquiries by the Committee members.

The Audit Committee monitors the nature and extent of non-audit work 
undertaken by the auditors. Given the non-audit work undertaken by the 
external auditor and the Committee’s oversight of its work, the Commit-
tee is satisfied that the independence and objectivity of the external 
auditor was adequately safeguarded throughout 2021. Nevertheless, 
the external auditor’s independence and objectivity is kept under review 
and is a standing item on the agenda for the Audit Committee.

In addition, the Audit Committee periodically monitors the cost of non-
audit work undertaken by the external auditor. The Audit Committee 
considers that it is in a position to take action if at any time it believes 
there is a risk of the auditor’s independence and objectivity being 
undermined through the award of this task.

Having assessed the external auditor’s effectiveness and independence 
during 2021, the Audit Committee concluded that the auditor has dem-
onstrated professional scepticism and judgement and that the audit 
process as a whole has been conducted robustly and that the team 
selected to undertake the audit has done so thoroughly and profession-
ally. The Audit Committee reviewed the re-appointment of the external 
auditor and recommended to the Board that the external auditor be 
proposed for re-election at the upcoming Annual General Meeting.

Audit tender process
The Committee remains satisfied with the external audit process and is 
currently not planning to undertake a formal tender process until the 
financial period ended 31 December 2023. In FY 2022, the external audit 
engagement partner will be rotated.

Non-audit services
The Company maintains a Non-Audit Services Policy in order to ensure 
that the provision of non-audit services do not impair the external audi-
tor’s independence or objectivity. During 2021, Kesselman & Kesselman, 
a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, and 
other local offices of PricewaterhouseCoopers, provided non-audit 
services, such as tax assessments and advice and regulatory reporting 
requirements, which totalled $1.0m (including assurance related services 
of $0.3m). The assurance related services include mainly local regulatory 
reporting requirements for the regulated subsidiaries which are linked 
directly with the external auditors’ services. In addition, part of the non-
audit services in the amount of $0.7m are related to tax assessments 
which are provided by the external auditor according to common practice 
in specific territories.

The non-audit services fee constitutes 62.5% of the fees payable to the 
external auditor in 2021.

Overview of the non-audit services policy 
Under the policy, all services provided by the external auditor (other 
than the audit itself) are regarded as non-audit services. The policy 
draws a distinction between permitted services (which could be provided 
subject to conditions set by the Committee) and prohibited services. 
The type of non-audit services deemed to be permitted include assur-
ance work on non-financial data, tax services including tax advisory, 
and reporting best practice.

The Committee has provided pre-approval which allows management 
to appoint the external auditor to conduct permitted non-audit services 
if they fall below a set fee level. The Committee reviews the pre-approval 
limit on an annual basis and it is currently set at $50,000. Any non-audit 
service provided by the external auditor is reported to the Board. In the 
event that the provision of non-audit services would exceed $50,000, 
the Committee would request Board approval.

66

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportKEY FINANCIAL REPORTING AND SIGNIFICANT FINANCIAL JUDGEMENTS

HOW THE ISSUE WAS ADDRESSED BY THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 

Revenue recognition

The recognition of revenue is a key matter 
to be reviewed, monitored and tested

Uncertain tax positions

The Audit Committee is responsible for the 
adequacy of the uncertain tax positions

Review  and  assess-
ment  of  the  control 
environment

Review and assessment 
of compliance with laws 
and regulations

Review  and  assess-
ment  of  appropriate-
ness  of  the  going 
concern  basis  of  the 
Financial Statements 
and long-term viability

Review  and  assess-
ment  of  the  level  of 
cash  required  within 
the business to satisfy 
both external regula-
tors  and  the  Group’s 
attitude to market risk

The Audit Committee has the ultimate 
responsibility for the supervision of the 
control environment. A key role of the Com-
mittee is to provide oversight and reas-
surance to the Board with regard to the 
integrity of the Company’s financial report-
ing, internal control policies and proce-
dures for the identification, assessment 
and reporting of risk

A key risk to the business is the fact that 
the Group’s business is subject to various 
laws and regulations in different jurisdic-
tions according to its activity

Going concern and viability are key matters 
for the operations of the Group

The Group requires a level of cash to 
ensure that it can operate its trading plat-
forms and maintain sufficient cash in its 
regulated entities to satisfy regulatory and 
operational needs

 – The Audit Committee held meetings, among others, with the operation, R&D and risk 
teams to verify compliance of revenue recognition from all related aspects such as: 
IT general controls, access to programs and supporting data, program changes and 
computer operations for the platform and for the ERP system.

 – The Audit Committee discussed this matter with the external auditor at the planning 

and conclusion phases of the audit.

 – The Audit Committee concluded the revenue recognition process is appropriate and 
controls are effective and are appropriately disclosed in the Financial Statements.

 –  The Audit Committee held meetings, among others, with management and tax advi-
sors to assist in assessing the technical aspect of the Group’s tax positions, includ-
ing understanding the correspondence with the different tax authorities and 
reviewing other third parties’ advice obtained by management.

 – The Audit committee discussed this matter with the external auditor through the 

process of the audit, and received periodical updates during the year.

 – The Audit Committee concluded that the provision for uncertain tax positions is 

reasonable.

 – The Audit Committee reviewed the internal audit reports produced in the year, dis-
cussed key findings with management and reviewed the implementation of all 
internal audit report recommendations brought forward from previous years, in 
addition the Committee reviewed key audit risk topics in assessing the internal audit 
reports produced for 2021.

 – The Audit Committee concluded the internal controls are effective. No significant 
internal control failings were identified during the year. Where any gaps were identi-
fied, processes were put in place to address them and these are continually monitored. 

 – The Committee, in conjunction with the work of the Regulatory & Risk Committee, 
reviewed regulatory reports prepared by the Risk & Compliance teams, to ensure 
compliance with local regulations in the areas the Group operates in.

 – The Committee considers the grid of audits and regulatory assessments and reviews 
their findings. The relevant aspects of such assessments to the Committees’ work 
are discussed and assessed by the Committee.

 –  Based on discussions with management and discussions held in the Regulatory & 
Risk Committee, the Audit Committee came to the conclusion that the Group is 
compliant with the required regulations.

 – The Audit Committee has reviewed the assessment setting out the key assumptions 
related to the nature of the Group’s business, budget reports and cash flow forecasts 
for the period of three years ending 31 December 2024, taking into account the 
Group’s anticipated investment commitments and working capital requirements.
 – These reports detailed the impact of outcomes of stress tests after applying multiple 
scenarios to determine how the Group is able to cope with deterioration in liquidity 
profile or capital position.

 – The Audit Committee agreed to recommend the Going Concern and Viability State-

ment to the Board for approval.

 – The Audit Committee reviews on an on-going basis the level of cash required from 

a regulatory, operationally and risk perspective.

 – The Audit Committee concluded that the cash amounts held are sufficient for all the 

above-mentioned perspectives.

67

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the Audit Committee continued

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Audit Committee undertakes a duty to consider whether 
the 2021 Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable, while 
final determination lies within the responsibilities of the Board. 
The Audit Committee, on behalf of the whole Board, also assesses 
whether there is enough information in the Annual Report and 
Consolidated Financial Statements necessary for shareholders 
to evaluate the financial position, performance, governance, 
business model and strategy of the Group.

The process
The Committee reviews the Consolidated Financial Statements 
and recommends to the Board of Directors to approve the Con-
solidated Financial Statements.

During the drafting process of the 2021 Annual Report and 
Consolidated Financial Statements, the Committee is given the 
opportunity to comment and provide feedback on the drafts. 
The Committee also considers whether the content provided in 
the report has illustrated the whole picture for the year. 

The Committee then evaluates whether the report is consistent 
throughout, with a clear layout and linkage to the different front 
and back sections, and whether it is presented in a logical man-
ner to the shareholders.

Conclusion
Following the review, it was the Committee’s opinion that the 
2021 Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements are 
representative of the year and, taken as a whole, present a fair, 
balanced and understandable overview and provides the infor-
mation necessary for shareholders to assess the financial posi-
tion, governance, performance, business model and strategy of 
the Group.

Internal auditor 
Pursuant to the Companies Law, the Board must appoint an internal 
auditor recommended by the Audit Committee. An internal auditor may 
not be:

 – a person who holds more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding 

shares or voting rights;

 – a person who has the power to appoint a Director or the Chief Execu-

tive Officer of the Company;

 – an officer or Director of the Company; or
 – a member of the Company’s independent accounting firm, or anyone 

on its behalf.

The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, the 
Company’s compliance with applicable laws and orderly business 
procedures. The Audit Committee is required to oversee the activities 
and to assess the performance of the internal auditor, as well as to 
review the internal auditor’s work plan, and the Committee has done 
so in FY 2021. The Committee concluded that the internal audit func-
tion was an effective provider of assurance over the Company’s risks 
and controls and appropriate resources were available as required. 
Brightman Almagor Zohar & Co. (Deloitte Israel), a member firm of 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, served as the Company’s internal 
auditor in FY 2021. 

In January 2022, the Company agreed with Deloitte that they will step 
down as internal auditors of the Company. Following receipt of a rec-
ommendation from the Audit Committee, the Board has appointed E&Y 
as the Company's new internal auditors as of FY 2022. 

Whistleblowing policy 
The Group operates a Whistleblowing Policy which encourages all 
individuals within the Group (including employees, partners, consult-
ants, contractors, suppliers, customers and other third parties) to feel 
confident to voice concerns internally in a responsible, anonymous, 
confidential and effective manner when they discover information 
which they believe shows serious malpractice or impropriety, and to 
question and act upon those concerns. It provides a method of properly 
addressing bona fide concerns of such individuals, while offering whistle-
blowers protection from victimisation, harassment or disciplinary 
proceedings. Such an anonymous reporting can be undertaken in local 
languages. The Audit Committee reports to the Board on the effective-
ness of the Group’s whistleblowing mechanism and on any matter that 
arises as a result of it. The current Whistleblowing Policy supervisor is 
Daniel King. No whistleblowing complaints were received in 2021. Upon 
Daniel King’s tenure finishing in June 2022, Steve Baldwin shall replace 
Daniel and serve as the new Whistleblowing Supervisor.

68

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportReport of the Regulatory & Risk Committee

“With a global regulatory network al-
ready well established, the Group re-
mains well positioned for potential fu-
ture  changes  to  the  regulatory 
environment across the markets in 
which it operates.”

Sigalia Heifetz, Chair of the Regulatory & Risk Committee

Dear shareholder 
I am privileged to have been appointed as Chair of the Regulatory & 
Risk Committee and I would like to thank Penny Judd, as my predeces-
sor, for her dedication and focus on ensuring that the Committee has 
a clear framework from which to operate. 

Regulatory compliance and risk management underpin the integrity of 
our business model and continued delivery of our strategy. The Regu-
latory & Risk Committee receives regular reports on both compliance 
and risk and challenges the performance in these areas. It also receives 
AML reports, internal audit reports relating to the Group’s regulated 
entities, and other reports on specific areas where more detailed test-
ing or investigation is felt appropriate. These are described more fully 
in the following report.

In addition, the Board undertook a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group and updated its internal risk matrix accordingly. 
We have also monitored new areas of regulatory compliance such as 
emerging risks and developments in securities markets regulation.

The Committee and the Board have received reports on the implemen-
tation of preparation for the ASIC product intervention order, which 
came into force in March 2021, with respect to retail customers in 
Australia, setting leverage restrictions, similar to ESMA levels, to all 
Plus500AU operations (ASIC, FMA, FSCA). Also, the Committee and 
the Board have received reports in relation to the potential Brexit sce-
narios and reports relating to the new trading products launched by 
the Group in 2021 – share dealing through ‘Plus500 Invest’ and futures 
and options on futures. Following this, the Committee received comfort 
that the applicable measures have been considered and effectively 
implemented. 

The Group’s portfolio of licences is an increasingly valuable asset, given 
its scarcity and the growing complexity of obtaining new licences. I am 
pleased that during Q1 2022 this portfolio of operating licences was 
further strengthened.

The licence granted in Estonia in February 2022 will further support 
the Group’s business across European markets in its core product 
offering, and the acquisition of a Type 1 regulated firm in Japan, com-
pleted in March 2022, represents a major growth opportunity for the 
Group, through an immediate presence in the substantial retail trading 
market in Japan.

Our priorities for the coming year will be to continue to monitor regula-
tory changes and to seek to continue to enhance the risk assessment 
and monitoring within the business in the face of changing regulatory 
and market conditions, including the continued impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic.

More specifically, we will continue to assess, and seek to enhance, our 
approach to risk management, which is based on ensuring our risk 
exposures are aligned with our risk appetite across the product port-
folio. 

From a regulatory and compliance perspective, with a global regulatory 
network already well established, the Group remains well positioned 
for potential future changes to the regulatory environment across the 
markets in which it operates. 

I look forward to reporting on the Regulatory & Risk Committee’s further 
progress in next year’s Annual Report.

Sigalia Heifetz 
Chair of the Regulatory & Risk Committee 
22 March 2022

69

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Report of the Regulatory & Risk Committee 
continued

Committee composition
The Regulatory & Risk Committee is chaired by Sigalia Heifetz 
(appointed as a member in February 2021 and as the Chair in 
May 2021), succeeding Penny Judd. The other members are 
Elad Even-Chen, Tami Gottlieb (appointed in March 2021), Prof.
Jacob A. Frenkel (appointed in May 2021) and Prof. Varda Liber-
man (appointed in March 2022). According to the Committee’s 
terms of reference (which are available on the Company’s web-
site) the Committee shall comprise at least three members, and 
the activities of the Committee should involve participation by 
the Chair of the Audit Committee. The Chief Financial Officer 
should be a committee member. Tami Gottlieb, Chair of the 
Audit Committee is also a member of the Regulatory & Risk 
Committee, as well as Elad Even-Chen, the Group’s Chief Finan-
cial Officer. Details of individual attendance at meetings is set 
out in the Committee attendance table below.

Committee attendance (in FY 2021)

Sigalia Heifetz (Chair)1

Elad Even-Chen

Tami Gottlieb2 

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel³

Past members

Penny Judd4 

Charles Fairbairn5 

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS  
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED

3

3

2

2

1

0

2 (67%)6

3 (100%)

2 (100%)

2 (100%)

1 (100%)

0

1.  Sigalia Heifetz was appointed as a member of the Committee on 4 Febru-
ary 2021 and serves as the Chair of the Committee as of 4 May 2021.
2.  Tami Gottlieb was appointed as a member of the Committee on 24 March 

2021.

3.  Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel was appointed as a member of the Committee on 

12 May 2021.

4.  Penny  Judd  (previous  Chair  of  the  Committee)  stepped  down  from  the 

Committee on 4 May 2021.

5.  Charles Fairbairn stepped down from the Committee on 3 February 2021, 

prior to any scheduled meeting of the Committee.

6.  Sigalia Heifetz was unable to attend one Committee meeting due to illness.

General note: Prof. Varda Liberman was appointed as a member of the Com-
mittee in March 2022, thus she is not included in the Committee’s attendance 
table in FY 2021.

Committee responsibilities and activities
The Regulatory & Risk Committee meets not less than three times a year 
and otherwise as required. The Regulatory & Risk Committee receives 
monthly updates from management on risk, compliance, AML and regu-
latory issues and reviews the related internal reports. The Regulatory & 
Risk Committee has responsibility for providing oversight with respect to 
current and potential future risk exposures of the Group and for oversee-
ing and monitoring the Group’s compliance with applicable laws, regula-
tions and orders as required. Its activities include reviewing relationships 
with regulatory authorities such as the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) 
in the UK, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) 
in Australia, the Cyprus Securities and Exchange Commission (CySEC) 
in Cyprus, the Israel Securities Authority (ISA) in Israel, the Financial 
Markets Authority (FMA) in New Zealand, the Financial Sector Conduct 
Authority (FSCA) in South Africa, the Monetary Authority of Singapore 
(MAS) in Singapore, the Financial Services Authority (FSA) in the Sey-
chelles, Commodities Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and National 
Futures Association (NFA) in the US, the Estonian Financial Supervision 
Authority (EFSA) in Estonia, the Financial Services Agency (FSA) in Japan 
and other regulatory authorities, as appropriate, in jurisdictions where the 
Group has a significant operation. The Committee is also responsible for 
reviewing risk assessment programmes and internal controls.

The Regulatory & Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s 
most significant risks to the achievement of strategic objectives and any 
emerging risks, reviewing the Group’s Risk Management Policy, ensuring 
that the Company’s Board ethics are being adhered to. The other key 
governance mandates, pursuant to the written terms of reference of the 
Regulatory & Risk Committee, are as follows:

 – To review the Group’s capability to identify and manage new risk types; 
 – To review the most significant risks to the achievement of strategic 

objectives; 

 – To review incident reports to monitor incidents and remedial activity; and
 – To consider and approve the remit of the risk management function and 
ensure that it has adequate resources and appropriate access to informa-
tion to enable it to perform its function effectively and in accordance with 
the relevant professional standards.

A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee in 
2021 is set out below.

Regulatory & 
Compliance 
review

 – Periodic regulatory, compliance and AML reports review.
 – Periodic AML reports (on the Group’s regulated entities) review.
 – Oversee the implementation of new regulatory requirements.
 – Monitor and assess the Group’s relationships with regulatory 

authorities.

Licence 
application 
review

Risk review  
and 
assessment

2021 internal 
Committee 
evaluation

Governance 

 –   Review licence applications submitted during the period.

 – Review periodic risk reports, including VaR reports.
 – Review risk assessment programmes and internal risk man-

agement controls.

 – Review emerging and principal risks for the period.
 – Review and assess current approach to hedging as well as 

possible options for future approach in this area.

 – Discussion and assessment of the 2020 and 2021 internal 

Regulatory & Risk Committee evaluation findings.

 – Review of the Committee’s terms of reference. 
 – Review of 2021 Regulatory & Risk Committee Report which is 

included within this Annual Report.

70

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
Report of the ESG Committee 

“The Company supports the recommendations 
published by the Financial Stability Board’s 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Dis-
closures and during 2021, the Committee 
worked with a specialist ESG consultant, 
which conducted a rigorous gap analysis and 
assessment of the Group’s ESG reporting 
and disclosure.”

Daniel King, Chair of the ESG Committee

Dear shareholder 
ESG has become a critical element of organisational culture, operations, 
reporting and disclosure and is now a highly prevalent theme across 
global capital markets. This has been driven by growing public pressure, 
increasing regulator engagement and investors integrating ESG into 
their investment analysis. 

The assessment identified several ESG priority areas for Plus500 – 
namely, customer care and protection, organisational culture, cyber 
security, systems infrastructure and leadership and governance. Our 
commercial and operational approach and progress during 2021 in 
each of the areas can be found elsewhere in this Annual Report, in 
particular in the ESG section on pages 30 – 37. 

In this dynamic and complex environment, ESG issues can have a direct 
impact on a company’s competitive advantage and operational perfor-
mance. Furthermore, investors are seeking more understanding and 
detail about how companies are managed in this regard. 

In this context, and with increasing reporting and disclosure require-
ments for companies in this area, the Board established its ESG Com-
mittee in 2020, primarily to regularly review and assess the Group’s 
ESG activities and align them with industry and market best practice. 

With this in mind, the Committee, the Board and the Group remain 
committed to developing Plus500’s ESG strategy, and will continue to 
broaden its disclosure on ESG in order to ensure key stakeholders have 
a clear and comprehensive understanding of the Group’s activities in 
these areas.

As the Chair of the ESG Committee, I am pleased to provide an overview 
of the work carried out by the ESG Committee in 2021, as well as its 
objectives and priorities.

As a starting point, the Committee initiated a Materiality Assessment, 
which was carried out at the beginning of 2021, to identify key ESG 
priorities and risk factors and to establish a framework for the Group’s 
future approach in these areas and, ultimately, to increase the Group’s 
resilience over the long-term. 

The framework for this assessment was based on internationally 
accepted standards and frameworks such as the Sustainability Account-
ing Standards Board (SASB) and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), 
and was driven by the findings and insights from interviews with a 
number of key individuals from the Board, the executive team and 
several major shareholders.

With the assessment laying the foundations of the Group’s approach 
in this area, the Committee made strong progress during the year to 
develop our position in ESG, in particular by refreshing our reporting 
and disclosure, in line with the latest regulatory and disclosure require-
ments, as exemplified in various sections of this Annual Report. 

The Company supports the recommendations published by the Finan-
cial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) and during 2021, the Committee worked with a specialist ESG 
consultant, which conducted a rigorous gap analysis and assessment 
of the Group’s ESG reporting and disclosure, against its UK-listed peer 
group and a range of US-listed fintech groups. This assessment has 
helped to provide a foundation for the Group’s on-going approach to 
ESG reporting and disclosure going forward. 

More specifically, conclusions from this assessment have helped to 
inform the Group’s initial reporting and disclosure against the TCFD 
recommendations, which includes the reporting of our Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 emissions data, for the first time. This information, including 
the Group’s future plans to continue to align itself to the TCFD recom-
mendations, is outlined in the ESG section on pages 36 – 37 of this 
Annual Report.

Also, during the year, the Committee and the Board developed an 
Environmental Policy, which is available on the Company’s website. As 
a technology-based business, Plus500 does not carry out any industrial 
activity and is not involved in anything which would emit environmen-
tally harmful substances but has made various commitments, includ-
ing, to protect the environment, to reduce waste as well as water, energy, 
and resource use and to monitor the Group’s environmental performance.

The Committee reviewed the Donations & Volunteering Procedure and 
received a report from the Company’s Donations Committee detailing 
the type and amounts of donations made during 2020-2021 (both 

71

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the ESG Committee continued

monetary and in kind donations), the profile of charitable and non-profit 
organisations which received the donations and future charitable ini-
tiatives.

Having served as an Independent Non-Executive Director and External 
Director since the Company’s IPO in 2013, I will end my third and final 
three-year term under the provisions of the Companies Law pertaining 
to the term of an External Director, in June 2022. Therefore, as I am 
not eligible under the Companies Law for re-election this year, I will be 
stepping down from the Board and all related Board Committees.

So, in my final ESG Committee report, I would like to say that it has 
been a privilege to have Chaired this Committee since it was established. 
It is crucial that the Board ensures Plus500’s approach to the relevant 
elements of ESG continues to develop and are clearly understood by 
the investment community. To this end, I wish Steve Baldwin the best 
of luck as my successor as Chair of the ESG Committee, and I am sure 
he will provide dynamic leadership in such a vital area for the Group. 

Daniel King 
Chair of the ESG Committee 
22 March 2022

Committee composition
The ESG Committee is chaired by Daniel King. The other mem-
bers are Steve Baldwin and Anne Grim. According to the Com-
mittee’s written terms of reference (which are available on the 
Company’s website) the Committee shall comprise at least three 
members, a majority of the members of the Committee should 
be Independent Non-Executive Directors and at least one mem-
ber shall be an External Director. All of the Committee members 
are Independent Non-Executive Directors and Anne Grim and 
Daniel King are also considered as External Directors. 

As of June 2022, Steve Baldwin will Chair the ESG Committee 
and an additional member will be appointed to the Committee, 
alongside Steve Baldwin and Anne Grim. Details of individual 
attendance at meetings is set out in the Committee attendance 
table below.

Committee attendance (in FY 2021)

Daniel King (Chair)

Steve Baldwin

Anne Grim

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS  
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND

4

4

4

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

72

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
Committee responsibilities and activities
The overall responsibilities of the ESG Committee are to assess the 
following pillars: 

 – Environmental: the Group’s impact on the natural environment and its 
adaptation to climate change including greenhouse gas emissions, 
energy consumption, generation and use of renewable energy, biodi-
versity and habitat, impact on water resources and the status of water 
bodies, pollution, resources efficiency, the reduction and management 
of waste, and the environmental impact of the Group’s supply chain; 
 – Social: the Group’s interactions with employees, commercial counter-
parties, stakeholders and the communities in which it operates and 
the role of the Group in society, workplace policies (for example, 
employee relations and engagement, diversity, non-discrimination and 
equality of treatment, health and safety and well-being), ethical procure-
ment, any social or community projects undertaken by the Group and 
social aspects of the supply chain, community and stakeholder engage-
ment or partnerships; and 

 – Governance: the ethical conduct of the Group’s business including its 
business ethics policies, code of conduct and counterparty due dili-
gence.

The other key governance mandates, pursuant to the written terms of 
reference of the ESG Committee, are as follows: 

 – To ensure that sufficient focus and resource is given to implementing, 

monitoring and management;

 – To consider the adequacy of the Group’s ESG policies and processes 

by reviewing reports prepared by management on:
 – review of any key learnings from internal or external reviews and 
investigations of any marketing, advertising campaigns and pro-
motional activities which have had a significant negative impact on 
the brand or image of the Group; 

 – diversity in the workplace;
 – security and health and safety in respect of the Group’s employees 

and premises; 

 – charitable donations and pro bono programmes; and
 – the Company’s impact on the environment. 

A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee in 
2021 is set out below:

Reports and  
Policies review

 – Periodic review of ESG reports.
 – Review of succession planning (from a gender diver-

Adoption of an 
Environmental 
Policy

Donations and 
Charitable  
initiatives 
review

Materiality 
Assessment

Gap Analysis

2021 internal 
Committee 
evaluation

Governance 

sity perspective).

 – Review of Donations & Volunteering Procedure.

 –  Adoption of a new Policy – Environmental Policy.

 – Review type and amounts of donations made during 
2020-2021 (both monetary and in-kind donations), pro-
file of charitable and/or non-profit organisations which 
received the donations and future charitable initiatives.

 – Review of, and feedback on, detailed materiality assess-

ment.

 – Discussion and agreement on key priority areas emanat-
ing from this assessment, including an approach on 
future reporting and disclosure in each of these areas.

 – Working with a specialist ESG consultant to conduct 
gap analysis of the Group’s ESG reporting and disclosure, 
compared to our UK-listed peer groups and US-listed 
fintech groups.

 – Discussed and agreed approach for Group’s ESG report-
ing and disclosure, based on the findings of this analy-
sis.

 – This included discussion on the rationale of initial report-
ing of the Group’s Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions data 
(which is included on page 36 of this Annual Report).

 – Discussion and assessment of the 2020 and 2021 

internal ESG Committee evaluation findings.

 – Review of the Committee’s terms of reference. 
 – Review of 2021 ESG Report which is included within 

this Annual Report.

 – Review of 2021 ESG Committee Report which is includ-

ed within this Annual Report.

73

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the Remuneration Committee

“The newly approved remuneration pol-
icy  for  FY  2021-FY  2023  provides 
some far-reaching changes from the 
previous policy to ensure that we are 
making significant strides to align to a 
UK norm.”

Daniel King, Chair of the Remuneration Committee

The Committee understands that historically shareholders have had 
concerns about Executive Directors pay and it has therefore undertaken 
a thorough and comprehensive review of the remuneration policy and 
operation concluded in Q1 2021 with the support of external advisors 
Korn Ferry with a clear understanding of market practice and investor 
expectations. This has been followed with a period of consultation with 
a substantial number of our shareholders and shareholder advisory 
bodies. Feedback from investors has been positive overall noting the 
substantial changes made. Investors have also understood that there 
is a small number of matters that are not fully aligned with UK investor 
expectations and that the Committee will look to review these matters 
again over the policy period and at the latest at the next policy renewal 
in 2024. The Committee refined certain aspects of its original propos-
als and is grateful for investor feedback on these matters.

The newly approved remuneration policy for FY 2021, FY 2022 and FY 
2023 provides some far-reaching changes from the previous policy to 
ensure that we are making significant strides to align to a UK norm. 
The Committee is however cognisant of distinct sector and market 
dynamics in Israel where Plus500 is headquartered, the competition 
over talent in the Israeli market place and in the sector as a whole (this 
competition intensified in 2021 which saw a large amount of Israeli 
tech companies IPO in the international markets and an ever intensify-
ing competition for talents within the sector in Israel). I would also like 
to emphasise that the changes proposed have a significant impact on 
the way in which the current Executive Directors are paid. The Com-
mittee will therefore continue its journey over future policy reviews, 
keeping the approach and the structure of the Executive Directors’ 
packages under review but it very much hopes that investors will 
continue to be supportive of the substantial progress that has been 
made in moving towards a UK norm at this time.

As part of our remuneration policy review, we have considered our 
remuneration reporting. Our 2021 Remuneration Report provides clearer 
and more transparent disclosures more closely aligned to UK practice. 
We will continue to evolve this reporting to provide additional disclosures 
in future years so as to make our disclosure more aligned to UK best 
practice and the UK Directors’ Remuneration Reporting Regulations.

Dear shareholder 
As the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, and on behalf of the 
Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Plus500 is a corporate entity registered in Israel and is therefore not 
legally required to comply with the requirements applicable to a UK 
incorporated listed company. The Directors’ Remuneration Report, 
which will be put to shareholders’ vote (as an advisory vote) at the 2022 
AGM, has been prepared with a view of the standards for a UK listed 
company, while making required adjustments in order to conform with 
the requirements under the Israeli law and market practices in Israel.

To this end, our Directors’ Remuneration Report provides a short over-
view of the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy which was approved 
by shareholders at the 2021 AGM held on 4 May 2021, with an excellent 
support of over 94% of the votes and the Annual Report on Remu-
neration that sets out the remuneration paid in respect of performance 
in 2021. 

Going forward, shareholders’ approval will be sought for our Remu-
neration Policy once every three years or earlier if a change to policy 
is required, as was sought in 2021 for the years 2021, 2022 and 2023. 
Shareholders will be aware that as an Israeli company we are required 
to obtain shareholder approval to the remuneration packages for our 
Executive Directors. If changes are made to the annual remuneration 
packages, shareholders’ approval will be sought.

74

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportRationale for proposed increase in remuneration of Chair of the 
Board
The rationale for the Remuneration Committee’s proposed increased 
in the remuneration of Prof. Frenkel as Chair of the Board is set out 
below. 

Firstly, the Remuneration Committee has taken into account Prof. 
Frenkel’s more than 40 years of experience in global economics and 
in leading and advising major multi-national financial organisations 
and high-profile public sector institutions. In particular, he has significant, 
long-standing experience in the US financial, futures and capital markets, 
with a long track record of engaging with regulators and major govern-
ment agencies and institutions in the US and around the world. His 
detailed biography can be found on page 52. 

Secondly, the Group is already benefiting from leveraging his substan-
tial and established global relationship network. 

With this in mind, and given his significant leadership and contribution 
to Board meetings already in evidence over the last ten months, Prof. 
Frenkel is proving to be a significant asset to the Company in crafting 
its strategic objectives and advancing the development of its opera-
tions. 

Some of the progress achieved by Plus500 in FY 2021 and in Q1 2022 
would not have occurred without the leadership, guidance and contact 
network of Prof. Frenkel, in particular the Group’s significant progress 
made in the US futures and options on futures market during the year. 

The Remuneration Committee therefore believes that the proposed 
increase in Prof. Frenkel’s remuneration is appropriate for the level of 
value that he is providing, and will continue to provide, for the Group 
and its shareholders.

Next steps
The proposed increase in remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors 
of the Board, including those of Prof. Frenkel as an Independent Non-
Executive Director and Chair of the Board, will be put to a shareholder 
vote at the Company’s 2022 AGM.

Concluding remarks 
The Committee and I would like to thank our investors who had been 
supportive and approved our new remuneration policy. I am grateful for 
the engagement, feedback and support we have received from our 
shareholders as we have finalised these new remuneration arrangements.

The Committee and the Board noted that two of the resolutions which 
were passed at the 2021 AGM had more than 20% of votes cast against 
them. These resolutions related to an advisory vote on the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and a tax-related bonus payment regarding the 
Company obtaining a highly beneficial approval from the Israeli Tax 
Authority and the Israel Innovation Authority as a Preferred Techno-
logical Enterprise. 

Business performance
2021 was another year of major operational, financial and strategic 
success for Plus500, building on its long-term track record of performance 
since the IPO in 2013. The Group delivered further positive momentum 
during the year, driven by another very strong year of customer acquisi-
tion and retention, which ensured that Plus500’s operational and finan-
cial performance was well ahead of pre-pandemic levels. 

While we have had to deal with the continued impact of COVID-19 in 
terms of managing our business, we have not been affected in the 
same way as many other businesses. The Company has not received 
any government support and none of the employees have been fur-
loughed but have retained their normal remuneration arrangements 
with payment of bonuses in the usual way reflecting business perfor-
mance for 2021.

2021 operation of policy 
Following a year of outstanding performance, the annual bonus targets 
were met in full with bonus payable to David Zruia of $1,590,000 and 
Elad Even-Chen of $1,590,000. 

Under the new policy, Share Appreciation Rights will no longer be 
awarded to the Executive Directors. 

Full details of the remuneration payable for 2021 performance and 
performance against targets is set out in the Annual Report on Remu-
neration. 

The Committee is comfortable that the remuneration paid for 2021 is 
aligned to the strong performance in the year and investor returns. 

Proposed increase in fees for Chair and Non-Executive Directors 
Given the long-standing experience, high calibre and value creation 
being delivered by the Chair of the Board and its Non-Executive Direc-
tors, the Remuneration Committee proposes to increase the remu-
neration of the Chair of the Board and the remuneration of each of the 
Board’s Non-Executive Directors. 

Further details of these proposed changes can be found in the Notice 
of the 2022 Annual General Meeting, to be circulated by the Company 
to all shareholders in due course. 

Rationale for proposed increase in remuneration of Non-Executive 
Directors 
During FY 2021 and Q1 2022, the Group has significantly expanded its 
international operations, making an initial entry in the US for the first 
time, through two acquisitions, and by establishing a new operation in 
Europe through a new licence in Estonia and in Asia, through an acqui-
sition in Japan. In addition, the Group is expected to establish further 
new operations in additional geographies over the next 12 months and 
into the future. 

With the expanded, and expanding, global operations of the Group, 
additional time, availability and attention is required of the Non-Exec-
utive Directors. The Remuneration Committee therefore believes the 
remuneration increase being proposed is commensurate with the 
increased attention and time required of the Non-Executive Directors, 
to take account of an expanded and more globally diversified business. 

In addition, this proposed level of remuneration is appropriate and in 
line with US Non-Executive remuneration, which is relevant as several 
of the Board’s Non-Executive Directors are either based in the US or 
spend a significant amount of time there. 

75

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the Remuneration Committee 
continued

As mentioned in our 2020 Remuneration Committee Report, our Remu-
neration Committee and Board resolved that payment of this one time 
bonus was advisable and in the interest of the Company on the basis 
of assessing the real value of this project while understanding that this 
particular project is not typically part of the on-going duties of a CFO. 
The Board is in no doubt that the Preferred Technological Enterprise 
status would not have been secured were it not for Elad Even-Chen’s 
enormous and unrelenting commitment to achieving it. The fact that 
these approvals for the years 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 were 
secured during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic when face to face 
meetings and discussions were not possible is all the more impressive.

Following consultations made with shareholders ahead of our 2021 
AGM, the Remuneration Committee excluded special, one-off bonuses 
in future Executive Remuneration plans in the Company’s updated Remu-
neration Policy. A resolution to approve the updated Remuneration 
Policy was approved by over 94% of shareholders’ votes at the 2021 
AGM.

The Board always takes the outcome of shareholder votes seriously 
and, going forward, will continue its engagement and dialogue with 
shareholders and their representatives and will continue to consider 
related shareholder feedback, with a view to implementing this feedback, 
as appropriate.

Lastly, given this will be my final report as Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, I would like to say that it has been an honour to serve the 
Board, the Company and our shareholders in this important role over 
the last years. In that time, the Board’s approach to Remuneration has 
remained clear, rigorous and aligned with market practice. So, I hope 
to have left the Committee, and its practices and processes, in good 
shape for my successor, Anne Grim, to continue its positive work, for 
which I wish her the best of luck. 

Since the 2021 AGM results, the Board engaged with various shareholder 
advisory bodies and a number of shareholders, taking into account 
their feedback.

Daniel King 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
22 March 2022

76

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportAnnual report on remuneration 2021
This section of the Annual Report describes the implementation 
of the Terms of Reference, Israeli law requirements and the 
provisions of the Code.

Committee responsibilities and activities
The Remuneration Committee meets not less than twice a year 
and at such other times as required. The Remuneration Com-
mittee has responsibility for determining, within the agreed 
terms of reference, the Companies Law provisions and subject 
to the remuneration policy of the Group, the Group’s policy on 
the remuneration packages of the Company’s Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the Chair of the Board and the 
other Non-Executive Directors, the Company Secretary and other 
senior executives determined by the Committee.

The other key governance mandates of the Committee pursuant 
to the Companies Law and the written terms of reference of the 
Remuneration Committee are as follows:

 – Reviewing the remuneration policy and approving a Remu-

neration Policy at least once in every three years;

 – Approving and recommending to the Board and, where appli-
cable, the shareholders, the total individual remuneration pack-
age  of  the  Chair  of  the  Board,  each  Executive  and 
Non-Executive Director, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Finan-
cial Officer and other office holders (including bonuses, incen-
tive payments and share options or other share awards);

 – In determining remuneration policies for the Company’s senior 
management and/or individual remuneration packages of each 
Executive Director, the Chair of the Board and other designated 
senior executives, the Remuneration Committee is required to 
give regard to the relevant legal and regulatory requirements, 
the provisions of the Companies Law, the provisions and recom-
mendations of the Code and associated guidance;

 – Approving and determining the targets for any performance-

related pay schemes; and

 – Reviewing the design of all share incentive plans for approval 
by the Board and (if required or deemed appropriate) the share-
holders.

The Committee approved its new terms of reference in 2021 
(which are available on the Company’s website).

Committee composition
The Code recommends a remuneration committee to consist 
of at least three members and that all of its members be Non-
Executive Directors, independent in character and judgement 
and free from any relationship or circumstance which may, could 
or would be likely to, or appear to, affect their judgement.

The Companies Law requires a remuneration committee to con-
sist of at least three members, and all of the External Directors 
must be members of the committee (one of which to be appointed 
as the chair) and constitute the majority thereof. The remaining 
members must be Directors who qualify to serve as members of 
the Audit Committee as defined in the Companies Law and whose 
compensation is in accordance with the compensation require-
ments applicable to the External Directors. The Chair of the Remu-
neration Committee must be an External Director.

The Remuneration Committee comprises four independent 
Non-Executive Directors: Daniel King, Anne Grim, Sigalia Heifetz 
and Tami Gottlieb and is chaired by Daniel King. Sigalia Heifetz 
and Tami Gottlieb joined the Committee on 4 February 2021 
and 16 March 2021, respectively. Daniel King, Anne Grim and 
Tami Gottlieb are considered External Directors under the Com-
panies Law. Upon Daniel King’s end of tenure in June 2022, Anne 
Grim, who qualifies to serve as the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee under the Companies Law (being an External Direc-
tor) and under the Code (having served on the Committee for 
more than twelve months), will chair the Remuneration Com-
mittee. Details of the skills and experience of the Remuneration 
Committee members can be found on pages 52 – 53.

Committee attendance (in FY 2021)

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 

Daniel King (Chair)

Anne Grim

Sigalia Heifetz1 

Tami Gottlieb2 

Past members

Steve Baldwin3 

Charles Fairbairn4 

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS  
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND

SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED

3

3

3

3

1

0

3 (100%)

3 (100%)

3 (100%)

2 (67%)5

1 (100%)

0

1.  Sigalia Heifetz was appointed as a member of the Committee on 4 February 

2021. 

2.  Tami Gottlieb was appointed as a member of the Committee on 16 March 

2021.

3.  Steve Baldwin stepped down from the Committee on 12 May 2021, follow-
ing the Board’s decision that the Remuneration Committee comprise up to 
four  members,  to  ensure  an  appropriate  balance  of  Board  members  on 
each Board Committee. 

4.  Charles Fairbairn stepped down from the Committee on 3 February 2021, 

prior to any scheduled meeting of the Committee.

5.  Tami Gottlieb was unable to attend one Committee meeting due to illness.

77

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the Remuneration Committee 
continued

A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee in 
2021 is set out below:

Salary/base 
service fees

Bonus

Long Term 
Incentive Plans 
(“LTIPs”)/
Restricted 
Share Units 
(“RSUs”)

2021 internal 
Committee 
evaluation

Governance 

 – Executive Directors’ remuneration review.
 – Review and approval of Non-Executive Directors’ fees 
and recommendations to our shareholders and obtain-
ing a benchmark from a leading consultant on this issue. 
 – Review and approval of Chair’s fees and recommenda-

tions to our shareholders.

 – Review of senior management fees.

 –  Review of the performance of the Chief Executive 
Officer and the Executive Directors compared to the 
targets set and approval of annual bonus awards for 
2021 based on performance targets.

 – Review of Executive Directors’ 2021 LTIP and RSU plans 

(including addition of KPIs).

 – Review of updated clawback and malus provisions.

 – Discussion and assessment of the 2020 and 2021 
internal Remuneration Committee evaluation findings.

 – Review of corporate governance and determining appro-
priate levels of disclosure for the 2021 Directors’ Remu-
neration Report.

 – Review of 2021 AGM season remuneration report 
results, and investor and shareholder advisory bodies’ 
views on remuneration.

 – Review of the Committee’s terms of reference in light 

of the Code and the Companies Law.

 – Review of 2021 Remuneration Committee Report which 

is included within this Annual Report.

 – Review of 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report which 

is included within this Annual Report.

Other

 – Review of remuneration consultant costs and appoint-

ment.

 – Review of workforce remuneration policies and com-
parison of such policies with senior management policies.

 – Review talent pipeline and its remuneration.

The Company Secretary ensures that the Remuneration Committee 
fulfils its duties under the Companies Law and its terms of reference 
and provides regular updates to the Remuneration Committee on rel-
evant regulatory developments in the UK, information on Israeli market 
trends and compensation structures on a broader Group level.

Remuneration policy 
Pursuant to the Companies Law, all public Israeli companies, including 
companies whose shares are only publicly traded outside of Israel, such 
as the Company, are required to adopt a written remuneration policy for 
their Directors and Executives, which addresses certain items prescribed 
by the Companies Law. The adoption, amendment and restatement of 
the policy is to be recommended by the Remuneration Committee and 
approved by the Board and the Company’s shareholders.

As mentioned above, the Committee has undertaken a thorough and 
comprehensive review of the remuneration policy and operation, con-
cluded in Q1 2021 with the support of external advisors Korn Ferry. 
Following the review, the Committee and the Board resolved to bring 
an amended Remuneration Policy for the approval of the Company’s 
shareholders at its 2021 AGM. 

In developing the new Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Com-
mittee consulted with major shareholders (covering over 50% of the 
issued share capital) for their views on the proposals and also engaged 
with shareholder advisory bodies. Based on the independent advice 
received from Korn Ferry, as well as the feedback received from the 
major shareholders and the shareholder advisory bodies. Following 
this process, our new Remuneration Policy was approved by sharehold-
ers at the 2021 AGM on 4 May 2021. 

The new remuneration policy and operation of policy for the years 2021, 
2022 and 2023, provides some far-reaching changes from the previous 
policy and operation to ensure that we are making significant strides 
to align to a UK norm. The Committee is however cognisant of distinct 
sector and market dynamics in Israel where Plus500 is headquartered, 
the competition over talent in the Israeli marketplace and in the sector 
as a whole. It would also like to emphasise that the changes made to 
the policy have a significant impact on the way in which the current 
Executive Directors are paid. The Committee will therefore continue its 
journey over future policy reviews, keeping the approach and the struc-
ture of the Executive Directors’ packages under review but very much 
hopes that investors will be supportive of the substantial progress that 
has been made in moving towards a UK norm at this time. 

Amongst other matters, the new Remuneration Policy for Executive 
Directors provides for the:

 – Reduction of incentive quantum and rebalancing from short-term to 

long-term incentives; 

 – Changes to the annual bonus structure which includes a reduction of 
the maximum bonus opportunity and moving the entire deferred bonus 
element into shares; 

 – Removal from the policy of the ability to pay discretionary bonuses; 

and 

 – Changes to the long-term incentive structure which includes removal 
of the Share Appreciation Rights long-term incentive which pays out 
100% in cash, replacing this with performance shares.

78

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStakeholder engagement 
Employees
The Board regularly communicates with and receives feedback from 
the Group’s employees through a variety of channels. Steve Baldwin, 
as the designated Non-Executive Director dedicated to workforce 
engagement, meets on a yearly basis with the Group’s workforce and 
at such meetings employees have the opportunity to share their views, 
including on executive and employee remuneration.

In addition, employees can contact Steve Baldwin directly via email on 
matters they wish to discuss with him or with the Board. Steve Baldwin 
also regularly communicates with the senior management who have 
connections with other stakeholders of the Company, such as custom-
ers and suppliers. Steve reports any key messages deriving from such 
conversations to the Board and ensures that such messages are con-
sidered as part of the Board’s decision-making process. The Company 
is not obliged to comply with Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 
2006. Plus500 holds regular employee workshops and briefings on a 
variety of topics and conducts round table discussions with its employ-
ees worldwide.

The Company seeks to consider and act on employee feedback and is 
committed to ensuring that its remuneration structures are supported 
by its employees. The Company is also continually working to develop 
best practice in line with the Code and is considering whether additional 
channels of employee communication are required in order to better 
develop employee engagement and foster stronger connections with 
its workforce.

Shareholders
The Chair of the Board and the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
are in regular communication with shareholders of the Company on a 
variety of matters and are grateful for shareholders’ engagement and 
feedback.

As mentioned in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s Statement and 
the section above on our remuneration policy, in developing the new 
Policy, the Committee consulted with major shareholders (covering over 
50% of the issued share capital) for their views on the proposals and 
also engaged with other shareholder advisory bodies. Feedback from 
investors has been positive overall noting the substantial changes made. 
Investors have also understood that there is a small number of matters 
that are not fully aligned with UK investor expectations and that the 
Committee will look to review again these matters over the policy period 
and at the latest at the next policy renewal due in FY 2024. Following 
initial feedback, the Committee refined certain aspects of its original 
proposals and is grateful for investor feedback on these matters.

Following this shareholders’ engagement, the Remuneration Commit-
tee excluded special, one-off bonuses in future Executive Remuneration 
plans in the Company’s Remuneration Policy. A resolution for this 
updated Remuneration Policy was approved by over 94% of sharehold-
ers’ votes cast at the 2021 AGM.

The Board always takes the outcome of shareholder votes seriously 
and, going forward, will continue its engagement and dialogue with 
shareholders and their representatives and will continue to consider 
related shareholder feedback, with a view to implementing this feedback, 
as appropriate.

Approach to recruitment and remuneration of Executive Directors 
Plus500 believes that strong, effective leadership is fundamental to its 
continued growth and success in the future. This requires the ability 
to attract, retain, reward and motivate highly-skilled Executive Directors, 
with the competencies needed to excel in a rapidly changing market-
place and to continually motivate their employees.

When setting remuneration packages for new Executive Directors, pay 
will be set in line with the remuneration policy of the Company. Several 
factors will be considered, including: the geography in which the role 
competes or is recruited from; the candidate’s experience and skills; 
the remuneration levels of other Executive Directors and colleagues in 
peer companies in Israel and in the international market; market stand-
ards and norms in the UK and the international markets.

If necessary, Executive Directors may be provided with contributions 
towards relocation expenses, housing, school fees etc., but for no more 
than necessary.

Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are appointed for a one-year term and are 
subject to re-election at each AGM. Notwithstanding, External Directors 
are appointed by shareholders for a three-year term and are subject to 
re-election by shareholders at an EGM or AGM every three years. The 
term of office can be terminated by the Non-Executive Director with 
two months’ written notice, or by the Company with immediate effect 
if the Non-Executive Director is not re-elected or is otherwise removed 
from office in accordance with the Articles. Notwithstanding, External 
Directors’ service may be terminated by the Company only in such 
circumstances and manner provided under the Companies Law. Upon 
termination no additional payments are due. 

According to the Companies Law, the appointment of External Directors 
is for a period of three years from the date of appointment by the 
Company’s shareholders (which may be extended for two more three-
year terms).

79

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsReport of the Remuneration Committee 
continued

The table below details the date and period of appointment of each Non-Executive Director 

NAME

POSITION

DATE OF 
APPOINTMENT  
TO THE BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS

DATE OF 
RE-APPOINTMENT  
TO THE BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS

PERIOD OF  
APPOINTMENT

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel

Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair

May 2021

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director

September 2020

Anne Grim

Daniel King

Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director

Steve Baldwin

Independent Non-Executive Director

Sigalia Heifetz

Independent Non-Executive Director

Tami Gottlieb

Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director

Prof. Varda Liberman

Independent Non-Executive Director

June 2013

June 2017

February 2021

March 2021

March 2022

N/A

N/A

June 2019

May 2021

May 2021

N/A

1 year

3 years

3 years

1 year

1 year

3 years

N/A until the 2022 AGM

The table below details the date and period of appointment of each Executive Director presiding

NAME

David Zruia

POSITION

Executive Director

Elad Even-Chen

Executive Director

DATE OF 
APPOINTMENT  
TO THE BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS

DATE OF 
RE-APPOINTMENT  
TO THE BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS

April 2020

June 2016

May 2021

May 2021

PERIOD OF  
APPOINTMENT

1 year

1 year

80

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Annual report on remuneration 2021

Introduction
This report sets out information about the remuneration of the Directors, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of 
the Company, for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Audited information – Directors’ remuneration – 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021

Single figure of remuneration
The detailed emoluments received by the Executive and Non-Executive Directors during the year ended 31 December 2021 are detailed below. 

The information provided in the section and accompanying notes has been audited by Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of Pricewater-
houseCoopers International Limited.

SALARY/BASE 
SERVICE FEES7

OTHER
 EXPENSES8

TOTAL 
FIXED PAY

ANNUAL 
BONUS

LTIPs/RSUs

SHARE 
APPRECIATION 
RIGHTS

TOTAL  
VARIABLE PAY

TOTAL

(US$000)

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Executive Directors

David Zruia

Elad Even-Chen

Non-Executive Directors

636

636

319

498

220

142

87

–

Jacob A. Frenkel1 (Chair)

4729 N/A

Anne Grim2

Daniel King

Steve Baldwin

Tami Gottlieb3 

Sigalia Heifetz4 

Past Non-Executive 
Directors

Penny Judd5

Charles Fairbairn6

100

103

103

84

98

36

88

88

N/A

N/A

71

57

194

153

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

856

778

472

100

103

103

84

98

N/A

36

88

88

N/A

N/A

71

57

194

153

406 1,590 1,015

–

498 1,590 1,972

265

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

752

964

1,590 1,767 2,446 2,173

1,855 2,936 2,633 3,434

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

472

100

103

103

84

98

N/A

36

88

88

N/A

N/A

71

57

194

153

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.  Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Board at the 2021 AGM held on 4 May 2021. 
2.  Anne Grim was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and External Director on 16 September 2020. 
3.  Tami Gottlieb was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and External Director on 16 March 2021.
4.  Sigalia Heifetz was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 4 February 2021.
5.  Penny Judd stepped down from the Board at the 2021 AGM held on 4 May 2021. 
6.  Charles Fairbairn stepped down from the Board at the 2021 AGM held on 4 May 2021.
7.  The remuneration terms comprised of a salary for David Zruia and service contract fees for Elad Even-Chen (the “base service fees”).
8.  Includes social and other contractual related expenses.
9.  An amount of ILS 345,000 was paid by allotment of ordinary shares of the Company.

General notes:
(a) Prof. Varda Liberman was appointed as a Board member in March 2022, thus she is not included in the above table which relates to FY 2021.
(b) No Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) awards had performance periods ending in the financial years ended on 31 December 2021 and 2020.
(c) In line with the UK reporting regulations, LTIP awards shall be reported in the year that the performance period ends with the value of the award on grant date. No LTIP 

awards presented accordingly in the financial year ended on 31 December 2020.

81

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Executive Director’s service contract 
Elad Even-Chen, an Executive Director, provides his consulting services to the Company pursuant to a service contract. The terms of his service 
contract are summarised below.

Elad Even-Chen – Chief Financial Officer
The consulting services of Elad Even-Chen are provided to the Company through Elad Even-Chen Consulting Services Ltd., pursuant to the 
service contract entered into by the parties. Elad Even-Chen Consulting Services Ltd. is also entitled to participate in a bonus, legacy SAR entitle-
ments, LTIP schemes and other contractual related expenses on terms decided by the Remuneration Committee for specific projects provided 
by the consultant.

Commentary on the single figure table 

Base salary, base service fees and social and other contractual related expenses
David Zruia’s base salary in 2021 was ILS 2,060,000 as approved by the AGM on 4 May 2021. Elad Even-Chen’s base service fees in 2021 was 
ILS 2,060,000 as approved by the AGM on 4 May 2021.

Annual Bonus
The 2021 annual bonus for the Executive Directors was determined based on the achievement of the performance measures and targets set 
out below:

FINANCIAL 
METRICS

EPS

40%

WEIGHTING

OBJECTIVES

PERFORMANCE

Actual basic EPS for FY 2021 is $3.06

ACHIEVEMENT 
(% OF MAXIMUM)

100%

Revenue

20%

Actual Revenue for FY 2021 is $718.7m

100%

Achievement of an EPS growth rate. Target EPS 
threshold of $1.98. Minimum threshold is 15% lower 
EPS  from  the  target  threshold  EPS  and  the 
maximum payout is made for reaching a 15% 
increase from the target threshold, calculated on 
a linear basis.

Achievement of revenue growth rate. Target revenue 
threshold of $438.7m. Minimum threshold is 15% 
lower revenue from the target threshold revenue 
and the maximum payout is made for reaching a 
15% increase from the target threshold, calculated 
on a linear basis.

Total

60%

100%

The Committee carefully assessed performance against objectives set for the annual bonus and noting exceptionally strong performance against 
all of the objectives set, determined full achievement of the objectives.

The details of some of the specific targets and performance against them are not disclosed as the Board believes they are commercially sensi-
tive. They will remain market sensitive because they are an integral part of our on-going business operations.

The Remuneration Committee has provided as much information as it is able, given the nature of the objectives, so that investors can be com-
fortable that the Remuneration Committee has used a thorough approach in setting the objectives and targets and measuring the outcome.

82

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportNON-FINANCIAL 
METRICS

WEIGHTING

OBJECTIVES

Operational

40%

Total

40%

Achievement of operational targets comprise 
three elements: Customers and Systems, 
Operations and Risk & Regulation

PERFORMANCE

Parameters achieved for 2021

ACHIEVEMENT 
(% OF MAXIMUM)

100%

100%

Based on the performance described above the Committee agreed the following 2021 bonus awards based on 100% of the maximum  
opportunity.

2021 bonus awards (US$000)

David Zruia 

Elad Even-Chen

CASH BONUS

1,060

1,060

BONUS  
ALLOCATED  
IN SHARES

530

530

TOTAL  
ANNUAL BONUS

1,590

1,590

MAXIMUM OPPORTUNITY
AS PERCENTAGE OF 
ANNUAL SALARY/BASE

SERVICE FEES* 

250%

250%

*  Percentage calculation based on annual employment/contractual agreements in ILS.

An amount equal to 33.33% of the Annual Bonus achieved was paid by way of allotment of ordinary shares of the Company on 31 December 
2021. The number of ordinary shares allotted on the payment date were calculated based on the ordinary share price at 1 January 2021, as 
adjusted for dividends.

Share Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) 
SARs are a deferred cash settled award subject to providing continued service or employment over long-term periods and tied to the long-term 
performance of the Company’s ordinary shares.

As of FY 2021 and FY 2022 there are no new SARs entitlements for Executive Directors.

In respect of FY 2020 SARs granted on 31 December 2019, the remuneration package to David Zruia included SARs granted in the amount of 
$634,737 (ILS 2,200,000) in December 2019 and will be vested after three years in December 2022. The remuneration package to Elad Even-Chen 
included SARs granted in the amount of $721,293 (ILS 2,500,000) in December 2019 and will be vested after three years in December 2022. 

83

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

2021 LTIP/RSUs Awards
Scheme interests awarded during the year ending 31 December 2021
Executive Directors were granted Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) Grants in respect of 2021 which will vest 
after three years to the extent performance targets and KPIs have been achieved, as summarised in the table below.

PERFORMANCE MEASURE

WEIGHTING

THRESHOLD (25% OF MAX)

TARGETS 

Relative TSR vs bespoke group

Relative TSR vs FTSE 250

EPS

Strategic

Operational

20%

10%

30%

20%

20%

Median

Median

Subject to achieving EPS target,  
as set by the Board

Subject to achieving strategic objectives,  
as set by the Board and related to growth 
through M&A, new products and new markets

Subject to achieving operational objectives,  
as set by the Board and related to customer 
growth and people objectives

The details for the LTIPs and RSUs awards granted to each Executive Director are shown below.

MAXIMUM (100% OF MAX)

Median plus 10% p.a.

Upper Quartile

David Zruia 

Elad Even-Chen

GRANT DATE

1 January 2021

1 January 2021

NUMBER OF 
SHARES GRANTED

FACE VALUE OF 
THE AWARD (USD)

MAXIMUM OPPORTUNITY
AS PERCENTAGE OF
ANNUAL SALARY/BASE

VESTING DATE

SERVICE FEES1 

80,856

80,856

1,597,791

31 December 2023

1,597,791

31 December 2023

250%

250%

1.  Percentage calculation based on annual amounts of the contractual agreements in ILS.

General notes:
(a) Face value of the award and the number of shares granted on grant date are calculated with reference to share price on 1 January 2021 of 1,450 GBP pence and FX rate 

USD/ILS of 3.223.

(b) David Zruia’s award is structured as RSUs, in accordance with the provisions of the Capital Gain route under Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance.

The ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date, which are subject to a lock-up period, shall be subject to a two-year lock-up beginning on the 
vesting date.

On the vesting date the Company shall allot to the employee or service contractor, ordinary shares, subject to the service condition and achiev-
ing specific KPIs as described in the table above for each grant. 

The number of ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date shall be calculated based on the ordinary share price at grant date as specified in 
the table above for each plan, as adjusted for dividends. An amount equal to the applicable tax liability connected to the LTIPs, RSUs and annual 
bonus deferred in shares plans shall be added by way of gross-up and be paid in cash to fund the tax liability. The allotted ordinary shares will 
be transferred out of the treasury shares of the Company.

The 2019 LTIP Grant was subject to service condition and was not subject to any additional KPIs or conditions. The 2019 LTIP Grant was vested 
on 31 December 2021 and the Company issued 19,111 of its treasury shares.

Payments to past Directors and payments for Loss of Office
Non-Executive Directors Penny Judd and Charles Fairbairn both stepped down from the Board at the 2021 AGM held on 4 May 2021. They were 
not entitled to and subsequently did not receive any payment for Loss of Office. 

All amounts paid are set out in the Single figure of remuneration table.

84

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportFurther information on 2021 remuneration 
Directors’ shareholdings and share plan interests
Summary of Directors’ shareholdings and share plan interests as at 31 December 20211.

OUTSTANDING SCHEME 
INTERESTS AS AT 31/12/2021

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP IN SHARES

SUBJECT TO 
PERFORMANCE 
CONDITIONS

WITHOUT 
PERFORMANCE 
CONDITIONS

AS AT 
 1 JANUARY 
2021

AS AT
 31 DECEMBER 
20212

100,726

119,430

–

27,324

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

17,000

54,100

N/A5

–

27,169

–

N/A6

N/A7

25,691

55,000

46,031 

184,075 

5,424 

–

30,993 

–

–

–

25,6918 

55,0009 

SHAREHOLDING 
REQUIREMENT  
(% OF SALARY/BASE 
SERVICE FEES)

CURRENT 
SHAREHOLDING  
AS AT 31/12/2021  
(% OF SALARY/BASE 
SERVICE FEES) 

200%

200%

128%

511%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Executive Directors

David Zruia

Elad Even-Chen3 

Non-Executive Directors

Jacob A. Frenkel

Anne Grim

Daniel King 

Steve Baldwin

Tami Gottlieb

Sigalia Heifetz

Past Non-Executive Directors

Penny Judd4 

Charles Fairbairn

As of 31 December 2021, none of the presiding Board members held more than 0.18% in the Company’s issued share capital.

1.  Save as disclosed above, none of the Directors has any interest in the share capital of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries nor persons connected to the Directors 

(within the meaning of s.252 of the Companies Act) have any such interest, whether beneficial or non-beneficial.

2.  As at 31 December 2021 and up to the date of this Annual Report.
3.  The shares are registered in the name of Elad Even-Chen Consulting Services Ltd. or Elad Even-Chen.
4.  The shares are registered in the name of Penny Judd’s spouse, Julian Judd.
5.  Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel was appointed as a Director on 4 May 2021.
6.  Tami Gottlieb was appointed as a Director on 16 March 2021.
7.  Sigalia Heifetz was appointed as a Director on 4 February 2021.
8.  Penny Judd shareholding as at date when stepped down from the Board, 4 May 2021.
9.  Charles Fairbairn shareholding as at date when stepped down from the Board, 4 May 2021.
10.  Gal Haber shareholding as at date when stepped down from the Board, 4 January 2021.

General notes:
(a)   Prof. Varda Liberman was appointed as a Board member in March 2022, thus she is not included in the above table which relates to FY 2021. Also, as of the date of this 

Annual Report she does not hold any beneficial ownership in shares.

(b)   Outstanding  scheme  interest  as  at  31  December  2021  include  2020  and  2021  LTIP/RSU  awards  that  have  not  vested,  and  vested  deferred  bonus  for  2019  

and 2020.

(c)  Beneficial ownership in shares include all share plan interests together with any holdings of ordinary shares.
(d)  Current shareholding as at 31 December 2021 as a % of salary/base service fees were calculated based on share price as at 31 December 2021 of and FX GBP/ILS as of  

that date.

(e)  There have not been any changes in Directors’ beneficial ownership in shares of the Company between 31 December 2021 and the date of this Annual Report.
(f)  Gal Haber held 2,069,769 shares as at the date when steeped down from the Board, 4 January 2021.

85

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Performance graph and table
Plus500 was admitted to the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange on 24 July 2013. Following a period of sustained 
growth, the Company applied for Admission to the Main Market which became effective on 26 June 2018.

The chart below shows the TSR performance of £100 invested in Plus500 at IPO vs performance of the FTSE All Share index. As part of the 
Company’s continued commitment to strengthen corporate governance, the reporting of Directors’ remuneration in 2021 is being aligned to a 
greater extent with the regulations applicable to a UK incorporated company. This disclosure will be built up over the coming years in line with 
these requirements.

TSR performance of £100 invested in Plus500 at IPO vs performance of the FTSE All Share index

£3,000

£2,500

£2,000

£1,500

£1,000

£500

£0

Plus500

FTSE AllShare index

 31 Dec
2012

 31 Dec
2013

 31 Dec
2014

 31 Dec
2015

 31 Dec
2016

 31 Dec
2017

 31 Dec
2018

 31 Dec
2019

 31 Dec
2020

 31 Dec
2021

CEO single figure total remuneration ($000s)

Annual bonus achieved for 2021 (as % of maximum opportunity)

2021

2,446

100%

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table sets out the change in dividends and overall spend on pay in the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020.

US$ IN MILLIONS

Total gross employee and other related expenses pay 

Dividends

Share buybacks

* 

Includes the increase of the Group number of employees and service contractors.

2020

50.8

141.6

88.8

2021

58.9

144.9 

64.9 

PERCENTAGE CHANGE

16%*

2%

(27%)

Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
On their initial appointment, each of the Non-Executive Directors (who are not External Directors) signed a letter of appointment with the Company, 
for an initial period commencing upon the date of their appointment by the Board and ending on the date of the next AGM (and with respect to 
External Directors – ending on the date which is three years from the date of their appointment).

The letters of appointment of Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, Steve Baldwin, Sigalia Heifetz and Prof. Varda Liberman as Non-Executive Directors require 
them to retire and be subject to re-election at each Annual General Meeting in accordance with Provision 18 of the Code. The letters have been 
drafted such that renewed appointment will not necessitate a new letter of appointment. The appointments of Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, Steve Baldwin, 
Sigalia Heifetz and Prof. Varda Liberman can be terminated by the Non-Executive Director with two months’ written notice, or by the Company with 
immediate effect if the Non-Executive Director is not re-elected or is otherwise removed from office in accordance with the Articles.

86

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportAs required under, and subject to the Companies Law, the appointments 
of Daniel King, Anne Grim and Tami Gottlieb as External Directors are 
for a period of three years from the date of appointment (which may 
be extended for two more three-year terms). Daniel King was re-elected 
for a third and final three-year term effective from the 2019 AGM held 
in June 2019. Consequently, his nine-year term will end in June 2022. 
Anne Grim was elected for her first three-year term effective from the 
2020 AGM held in September 2020. Tami Gottlieb was elected for her 
first three-year term effective from the 2021 Extraordinary General 
Meeting held in March 2021.

Tami Gottlieb is currently an External Director of Bank Leumi Le’Israel 
Ltd., an External Director of Extell Limited and a Non-Executive Director 
of Emilia Development (O.F.G) Ltd. 

Prof. Varda Liberman is currently an External Director of Cellcom Israel 
Ltd. and Aquarius Engines (A.M) Ltd.

Non-Executive Director fees
The current annual fees for our presiding Non-Executive Directors are 
as follows: 

Each Non-Executive Director is expected to commit to a minimum of 
24 days per year in fulfilling their duties as a Director of the Company.

NAME

Jacob A. Frenkel

ROLE

Chair

Other than the External Directors, there are no existing or proposed 
service contracts or consultancy agreements between any of the 
Directors and the Company which cannot be terminated by the Company 
within 12 months without payment of compensation.

Copies of the letters of appointment of the Chair and the other Non-
Executive Directors of the Company are available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office during normal business hours.

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any long-
term incentive or annual bonus schemes, nor do they accrue any 
pension entitlement. The Chair’s current remuneration is as detailed in 
the 2021 AGM Notice as published on 25 March 2021. Further details 
with respect to the decision of our Remuneration Committee and Board 
to increase the remuneration of both cash and shares paid to our Chair, 
subject to shareholders approval, are included in the Notice of the 2022 
Annual General Meeting to be circulated by the Company to all share-
holders in due course.

In addition, there are more stringent regulations around the exact roles 
of Non-Executive Directors. The Audit and Remuneration Committees’ 
Chair must be External Directors who once appointed serve for three 
years (which may be extended for two more three-year terms) but are 
then restricted from becoming the Chair of the Board or holding any 
paid role at the Company for two years after they leave the Board. 

External board appointments
Where Board approval is given for an Executive Director to accept an 
outside non-executive directorship, the individual is entitled to retain 
any fees received. The Board assesses and confirms that such appoint-
ment will not have any material impact on the performance of the 
Director, and will not affect the Director’s commitments and duties as 
a Director of the Company. 

Below are the details of external Board memberships of the Company’s 
NEDs, in publicly listed companies, as of the date of this Annual Report:

Steve Baldwin is currently Chair of TruFin Plc and a Non-Executive 
Director of The Edinburgh Investment Trust Plc. 

Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel is currently the Chair of BrainStorm Cell Thera-
peutics Inc., a NASDAQ publicly listed biotechnology company.

Anne Grim is currently a Non-Executive Director of Metro Bank Plc and 
Insight Investment Management (subsidiary of Bank of New York Mel-
lon, a NYSE publicly listed company).

Sigalia Heifetz is currently a Non-Executive Director of RHI Magnesita 
N.V, Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd, Maman - Cargo Terminals and 
Handling Ltd. and Tamar Petroleum Ltd. 

Anne Grim

Daniel King

Steve Baldwin

Tami Gottlieb 

Sigalia Heifetz

NED & SID, External Director

NED, External Director

NED

NED, External Director

NED

FEE

£350,000

£75,000

£75,000

£75,000

£75,000

£75,000

For further details with respect to the structure of the remuneration 
paid to our Chair please refer to our 2021 AGM Notice published on 25 
March 2021. 

Further details with respect to the decisions of our Remuneration 
Committee and Board to increase the fees paid to our presiding Non-
Executive Directors (and to approve the same fees to our newly appointed 
Director, Prof. Varda Liberman) and to increase the fees paid to our 
Chair, all subject to shareholders approval, are included in the Notice 
of the 2022 Annual General Meeting to be circulated by the Company 
to all shareholders in due course.

External advisors
From 17 November 2020 and during Q1 2021, and in respect of the 
2020 Annual Report and 2021 Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration 
Committee received independent advice from Korn Ferry LLC on the 
Remuneration Policy review and market practice. Korn Ferry is a signa-
tory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct and has con-
firmed to the Committee that it adheres in all aspects to the terms of 
the Code. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice 
provided by Korn Ferry LLC in relation to remuneration matters is objec-
tive and independent.

In February 2022, the Committee appointed Ernst & Young Global 
Limited (EY) as an independent advisor to carry out a detailed bench-
marking exercise in relation to the proposed increase in the remunera-
tion  of  Prof.  Jacob  A.  Frenkel  as  an  Independent  Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Board, to be voted on at the Company’s 2022 
AGM. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice provided 
by EY in relation to this remuneration matter is objective and independ-
ent.

87

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Statement of voting on remuneration at 2021 meetings
The table below shows votes cast by proxy at the EGM held on 16 March 2021 and the AGM held on 4 May 2021 in respect of the Directors’ 
remuneration.

AGM RESOLUTIONS

Renew Remuneration Policy

Approve fees to Jacob Frenkel

Approve remuneration terms for David Zruia

Approve remuneration terms for Elad Even-Chen

Approve a tax bonus payment to Elad Even-Chen

FOR

% VOTES CAST

AGAINST

% VOTES CAST

VOTE WITHHELD

53,681,868

57,154,752

48,829,840

55,226,737

31,678,733

94.46

99.97

85.42

96.61

55.24

59.17

3,150,107

14,603

8,336,335

1,939,438

25,670,302

23,413,830

5.54

0.03

14.58

3.39

44.76

40.83

337,200

–

3,000

3,000

–

4,267

Advisory vote – Approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report 

33,930,938

EGM RESOLUTIONS

Approve fees to Tami Gottlieb

Approve increase in fees to Anne Grim

Approve fees to Sigalia Heifetz

FOR

% VOTES CAST

AGAINST

% VOTES CAST

VOTE WITHHELD

53,565,509

53,565,509

53,565,509

99.98

99.98

99.98

8,071

8,071

8,071

0.02

0.02

0.02

11,967

11,967

11,967

Most highly remunerated executives in 2021 
The table below shows the remuneration of the Company’s five most highly compensated executives in 2021 (including two Executive Directors):

NAME

Elad Even-Chen

David Zruia

Ari Shotland

Nir Zatz

Alon Cohen Naznin

2021 FEES ($)

2,633,136

2,445,808

1,856,978

1,558,037

1,169,652

Implementation of policy in 2022
2022 Executive Directors’ remuneration
In Q1 2021 the Remuneration Committee has continued its efforts to modify the remuneration arrangements of the Executive Directors to bet-
ter align executive compensation with UK governance standards followed by Main Market-listed companies and move further towards a struc-
ture in line with investor expectations and developments in best practice. The remuneration for Executive Directors for FY 2022 remained the 
same as it was in FY 2021.

The Company’s new remuneration policy was approved by the shareholders for the years FY 2021, FY 2022 and FY 2023 at the 2021 AGM and 
received over 94% approval. 

This report has been approved by the Board of Directors of Plus500 Limited.

Signed on behalf of the Board 

Daniel King 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
22 March 2022

88

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportDirectors’ Report

The Directors of Plus500 present their report for the year ended 31 December 2021. The Directors believe that the requisite components of this 
report are set out elsewhere in this Annual Report and/or on the Company’s website (www.plus500.com). The table below sets out where the 
necessary disclosure can be found.

Directors

Results and dividends

Articles of Association

Share Capital

Directors that have served during the year and summaries of the current Directors’ key skills and experience are set 
out on pages 52 – 53 and on page 63.

Results for the year ended 31 December 2021 are set out in the financial and business review on pages 38 – 40 and 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on page 98. Information regarding the final and special divi-
dends can be found in the financial review on page 40. Dividend payments made during the year ended 31 December 
2021 can be found in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 115.

The Company’s full Articles of Association can be found on the Company’s website.
https://cdn.plus500.com/media/Investors/ConstitutionalDocuments/ArticlesOfAssociation.pdf
Any amendments made to the Articles of Association may be made by a special resolution of shareholders.

Details of the Company’s share capital are set out in note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 118. 
At the close of business on 21 March 2022, the Company had 99,598,282 ordinary shares in issue, and an additional 
15,290,095 ordinary shares are held in treasury by the Company.

Authority to purchase own shares

The Company has authority to purchase its own shares and a further authority will be sought at the upcoming 
Annual General Meeting.

Directors’ interests

Details of the Directors’ beneficial interests are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 85.

Directors’ indemnities

The Company has given indemnities to each of the Directors in respect of any liability arising against them in connec-
tion with the Company’s (and any associated company’s) activities in the conduct of their duties. These indemnities 
are subject to the conditions set out in their indemnification agreements and remain in place at the date of this report.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability 
Insurance

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance cover is in place at the date of this report. Cover is reviewed annually and 
the last renewal was carried out in October 2021.

Major interests in shares

Notifiable major shares interests of which the Company has been made aware are set out on page 59.

Political contributions

The Company did not make any donations to political organisations during the year.

Equality, Diversity & Inclusion policy

In December 2021 the Company reapproved and published on its website its policy on equality & diversity. 
https://cdn.plus500.com/media/Investors/CorporateGovernance/EqualityDiversityAndInclusionPolicy.pdf

Financial risk

Details of the Company’s policies on financial risk management and the Company’s exposure to market price risk, 
credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk are out-lined in note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Research and Development

Details about the Company’s future developments can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 7 – 11.

Auditors

A resolution to reappoint Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited 
as external auditors will be proposed at the 2022 Annual General Meeting.

Post balance sheet events

There have been no post balance sheet events.

Audit information

Each of the Directors at the date of the approval of this report confirms that:
 – so far as he/she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and
 – he/she has taken all the reasonable steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director to make himself/herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of the information.

89

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ Report continued

Listing Rule 9.8.4R disclosures
The table below sets out where disclosures required in compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.4R are located. 

Interest capitalised and tax relief

Publication of unaudited financial information

Details of long-term incentive schemes

Waiver of emoluments by a Director

Waiver of future emoluments by a Director

Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash

Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by major subsidiary undertakings

Parent company participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary

Contracts of significance

Provision of services by a controlling shareholder

Agreements with controlling shareholders

Shareholder waivers of dividends

Shareholder waivers of future dividends

The Directors’ Report has been approved by the Board of Directors of Plus500 Ltd.

Signed on behalf of the Board

Elad Even-Chen 
Chief Financial Officer 
22 March 2022

n/a

n/a

Page 81 to 86 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

90

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportCorporate Law 

Mandatory bids, squeeze out and sell out rules relating to the 
Company’s ordinary shares
As the Company is incorporated in Israel, it is subject to Israeli law and 
the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the “Takeover Code”) will not 
apply to the Company. It shall be noted that the Company has incor-
porated in its Articles of Association provisions analogous to Rules 4, 
5, 6 and 8 of the Takeover Code, as described below.

Mergers
The Companies Law permits merger transactions, provided that each 
party to the transaction obtains the approval of its board of directors 
and shareholders (excluding certain merger transactions which do not 
require the approval of the shareholders, as set forth in the Companies 
Law).

Pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, the shareholders 
of the Company are required to approve the merger by the affirmative 
vote of a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company. 
In addition, pursuant to the Companies Law, for purposes of the share-
holder vote of each party, the merger will not be deemed approved if a 
majority of the shares not held by the other party, or by any person who 
holds 25% or more of the shares or the right to appoint 25% or more 
of the directors of the other party, has voted against the merger.

The Companies Law requires the parties to a proposed merger to file a 
merger proposal with the Israeli Registrar of Companies, specifying 
certain terms of the transaction. Shares in one of the merging companies 
held by the other merging company or certain of its affiliates are disen-
franchised for purposes of voting on the merger. A merging company 
must inform its creditors of the proposed merger. Any creditor of a party 
to the merger may seek a court order blocking the merger, if there is a 
reasonable concern that the surviving company will not be able to satisfy 
all of the obligations of the parties to the merger. Moreover, a merger 
may not be completed until at least 50 days have passed from the time 
that the merger proposal was filed with the Israeli Registrar of Companies 
and at least 30 days have passed from the approval of the shareholders 
of each of the merging companies.

In addition, under certain circumstances, the provisions of the Com-
panies Law that deal with ‘‘arrangements’’ between a company and its 
shareholders may be used to effect squeeze-out transactions in which 
the target company becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of the acquirer. 
These provisions generally require that the merger be approved by a 
majority of the participating shareholders holding at least 75% of the 
shares voted on the matter, as well as 75% of each class of creditors. 
In addition to shareholder approval, court approval of the transaction 
is required.

Companies Law – Special tender offer
The Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of a public 
Israeli company must be made by means of a special tender offer if, 
as a result of the acquisition, the purchaser shall become a holder of 
25% or more of the voting rights in the company. This rule does not 
apply if there is already another holder of at least 25% of the voting 
rights in the company.

Similarly, the Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares in 
a public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if, 
as a result of the acquisition, the purchaser could become a holder of 
more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no other 
shareholder of the company who holds more than 45% of the voting 
rights in the company.

In addition, under the Companies Law, the entry by two or more share-
holders into a shareholders’ agreement, where such shareholders’ 
agreement will result in such shareholders holding in concert shares 
in a company in an amount exceeding the thresholds set out above, 
may also be subject to the requirement to publish a special tender offer.

A special tender offer must be extended to all shareholders of a company 
but the offeror is not required to purchase shares representing more 
than 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding 
shares, regardless of how many shares are tendered by shareholders. 
A special tender offer may be consummated only if at least 5% of the 
voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares will be 
acquired by the offeror and the number of shares tendered in the offer 
exceeds the number of shares whose holders objected to the offer.

If a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any person 
or entity controlling it or under common control with the purchaser or 
such controlling person or entity may not make a subsequent tender 
offer for the purchase of shares of the target company and may not 
enter into a merger with the target company for a period of one year 
from the date of the offer, unless the purchaser or such person or entity 
undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender 
offer. Shares that are acquired in violation of this requirement to make 
a tender offer will be deemed Dormant Shares (as defined in the Com-
panies Law) and will have no rights whatsoever for so long as they are 
held by the acquirer.

Companies Law – Full tender offer
Under the Companies Law, a person may not purchase shares of a 
public company if, following the purchase, the purchaser would hold 
more than 90% of the company’s shares or of any class of shares, 
unless the purchaser makes a tender offer to purchase all of the target 
company’s shares or all the shares of the particular class, as applicable. 
If, as a result of the tender offer, either:

 – The purchaser acquires more than 95% of the company’s shares or a 
particular class of shares and a majority of the shareholders that did 
not have a Personal Interest accepted the offer; or

 – The purchaser acquires more than 98% of the company’s shares or a 

particular class of shares. 

Then, the Companies Law provides that the purchaser automatically 
acquires ownership of the remaining shares. However, if the purchaser 
is unable to purchase more than 95% or 98%, as applicable, of the 
company’s shares or class of shares, the purchaser may not own more 
than 90% of the shares or class of shares of the target company.

Articles of Association – Takeover provisions
In addition to the tender offer rules applied by the Companies Law (as 
described above), offers are also subject to the takeover provisions 
incorporated in the Company’s Articles of Association, which provisions 
refer to compliance with Rules 4, 5, 6 and 8 of the UK City Code on 
Takeovers.

91

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ Responsibility Statement

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations. The Companies Law requires the Directors to prepare 
Consolidated Financial Statements for each financial year. Under that 
law, the directors have elected to prepare the Consolidated Financial 
Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Stand-
ards as issued by the IASB (“IFRS”). The directors must not approve 
the Consolidated Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
the Comprehensive Income of the Group for that period. The Directors 
considered the information provided in the Annual Report and how it 
assists the Company’s shareholders in understanding the Group’s 
position, performance business model and strategy.

In preparing these Consolidated Financial Statements, the Directors 
are required to:

 – Present fairly the financial position, financial performance and cash 

flows of the Group;

 – Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, consistent and understandable information;

 – Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable;
 – State whether applicable IFRS have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the Consolidated Finan-
cial Statements;

 – Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRS is insufficient to enable users to understand the 
impact of transactions, other events and conditions on the Group’s 
financial position and financial performance;

 – Prepare the Consolidated Financial Statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume the Group will continue in 
business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Group and enable them to ensure that the Consolidated Financial 
Statements comply with applicable law.

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
hence for taking reasonable steps in the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

Each of the Directors confirms that, to the best of each person’s knowl-
edge and belief:

 – The Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRS, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group;

 – The Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Group, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, business 
model and strategy.

The Directors are also responsible for preparing the Directors’ Report, 
Strategic Report, Corporate Governance Report and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

This report has been approved by the Board.

Signed on behalf of the Board

David Zruia 
Chief Executive Officer 
22 March 2022

92

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

In this section

Independent Report 
of the Auditors

94 – 97

Consolidated Financial 
Statements in US Dollars ($)

Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position

Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows

98

99

100

101

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

102 – 125

93

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernanceFor illustrative purposesIndependent Report of the Auditors
Independent Report of the Auditors 

To the shareholders  
of Plus500 Ltd. 

Report on the audit of the 
consolidated financial statements 
Opinion 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly, 
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Plus500 
Ltd.  (the  “Company”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Group”)  as  at 
31 December 2021 and its consolidated results of operations and its 
consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board. 

What we have audited 

The Group’s consolidated financial statements comprise: 

–  The  consolidated  statement  of 

financial  position  as  at 

31 December 2021; 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on  Auditing  (“ISAs”).  Our  responsibilities  under  those  standards  are 
further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the 
consolidated financial statements section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Independence 

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International 
Ethics  Standards  Board  for  Accountants’  Code  of  Ethics  for 
Professional  Accountants 
Independence 
including 
Standards  issued  by  the  International  Ethics  Standards  Board  for 
Accountants  (“IESBA  Code”).  We  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. 

International 

–  The consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year 

Key audit matters 

then ended; 

–  The  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in  equity  for  the  year 

then ended; 

–  The consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; 

and 

–  The notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include 
a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory 
information. 

Key  audit  matters  are  those  matters  that,  in  our  professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated 
financial  statements  of  the  current  period.  These  matters  were 
addressed  in  the  context  of  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103, 
P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972 -3- 7954555, Fax: +972 -3- 7954556, www.pwc.com/il 

9494 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report95

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance95 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103, P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972 -3- 7954555, Fax: +972 -3- 7954556, www.pwc.com/il KEY AUDIT MATTER  HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER   REVENUE RECOGNITION  The Group has developed and operates an online and mobile trading platform for trading Contracts for Difference (“CFDs”). Trading income represents Customer Income, which mainly includes revenue from CFD Customer Income (customer spreads and overnight charges), and Customer Trading Performance, which includes gains/losses on customers’ trading positions, arising on client trading activity. In respect of trading income generated from CFD, the Group has developed and operates an online and mobile trading platform for trading CFDs. The computation of the revenue is carried out automatically by using its own developed platform which is an internal IT system (the “Platform”).  The revenue is calculated based on several parameters. Part of the parameters that feed into that calculation are received from external quotation suppliers and others depend on internally developed program code within the Platform.  The revenue depends on a combination of the effective operation and accuracy of controls over, and access rights to, the Platform. Our audit predominantly focused on the Group's control environment, including the IT environment. We tested key controls over the revenue process, from the acceptance of a new customer, through the trading activity to the revenue that is recorded in the Company’s general ledger.  We tested the operating effectiveness of IT general controls, including: access to programmes and supporting data, program changes and computer operations for the Platform and for the ERP system. In addition, we tested program development controls over the ERP system. We also tested, through a combination of controls and substantive testing techniques, the following: – Profit/loss calculations in respect of closed positions; – Calculation of the fair value adjustment of year-end positions held by clients and the calculation of the “open positions” report produced by the Platform; – Appropriate use of feeds the Group receives from its data suppliers to confirm the integrity of the feeds used to calculate the open/close position; and – Controls associated with cash reconciliations and reconciliations with external counterparties throughout the year including client deposits/withdrawals.  We agreed cash amounts of client deposits to external third-party evidence at the year-end by receiving independent confirmations from banks and other third-party providers. In addition, we tested the interface between the data of client money as presented in the Platform to the general ledger to ensure completeness and accuracy.  Finally, to address the risk that fraudulent adjustments or transactions had been entered into the trading Platform, we read client activity reports and read a sample of client complaints.  No material issues noted. UNCERTAIN TAX PROVISIONS  As discussed in Note 3 and Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group operates in a multinational tax environment and is subject to tax laws, regulations and transfer pricing guidelines for intercompany transactions across several tax jurisdictions. Furthermore, the Company’s tax years for 2020 and 2021 were not assessed by the Israeli tax authorities. The subsidiaries of the Group have not yet been subject to tax assessments since their inception. The Group recognises tax provisions from uncertain tax positions when there is more likely than not a likelihood that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxation authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Auditing management's estimate of amounts related to tax provisions involves auditor judgement and challenging management because management’s estimates are complex, judgemental and based on interpretations of tax laws, regulations and legal rulings. Among the audit procedures we performed, we involved our tax specialists to assist us in assessing the technical merits of the Group’s tax positions. This included assessing the Group’s correspondence with the relevant tax authorities and evaluating income tax opinions or other third-party advice obtained by the Group. In addition, we evaluated the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting for its tax positions. We analysed the Group’s assumptions and data used to determine the amount of tax provision and tested the accuracy of the calculations. We also evaluated whether the Group’s disclosures complied with the accounting framework. No material issues noted.  Independent Report of the Auditors continued
Independent Report of the Auditors continued 

Other information 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information,  which 
includes  reporting  based  on  the  Task  Force  on  Climate-related 
Financial  Disclosures 
recommendations.  The  other 
information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report (but 
does  not  include  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  our 
auditor’s report thereon).  

(TCFD) 

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover 
the other information and we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, 
in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially 
inconsistent  with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  or  our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there  is  a  material  misstatement  of  this  other  information,  we  are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Based  on  the  responsibilities  described  above  and  our  work 
undertaken in the course of the audit, we have also agreed to report 
on certain matters as described below in accordance with the Listing 
Rules of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) as if 
the Company were a UK incorporated premium listed entity. 

Corporate governance statement 

Under  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  2018,  we  have  reviewed 
the  Directors’  statements  in  relation  to  going  concern,  longer-term 
viability and that part of the corporate governance statement relating 
to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, which the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct 
Authority specify for review by auditors of premium listed companies. 
Our  additional  responsibilities  with  respect  to  the  corporate 
governance statement as other information are described in the Other 
information section of this report. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded 
that  each  of  the  following  elements  of  the  corporate  governance 
statement, included within the Statement on Corporate Governance 
is  materially  consistent  with  the  financial  statements  and  our 
knowledge obtained during the audit: 

–  The  Directors’  confirmation  that  they  have  carried  out  a  robust 

assessment of the emerging and principal risks; 

–  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal 
risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and 
an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated; 

The Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether 
they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting  in  preparing  them,  and  their  identification  of  any 
material uncertainties to the Company’s ability to continue to do so 
over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements; 

–  The  Directors’  explanation  as  to  their  assessment  of  the 
Company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why 
the period is appropriate; 

–  The  Directors’  statement  as  to  whether  they  have  a  reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation 
and  meet  its  liabilities  as  they  fall  due  over  the  period  of  its 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to 
any necessary qualifications or assumptions; 

–  The  Directors’  statement  that  they  consider  the  Annual  Report, 
taken  as  a  whole,  is  fair,  balanced  and  understandable,  and 
provides the information necessary for the members to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;  
–  The  section  of  the  Annual  Report  that  describes  the  review  of 
effectiveness  of  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems; 
and 

–  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the audit 

committee. 

Responsibilities of management and those charged with 
governance for the consolidated financial statements 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation 
of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such 
internal  control  as  management  determines  is  necessary  to  enable 
the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  are  free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  management  is 
responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management 
either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no 
realistic alternative but to do so.  

Those  charged  with  governance  are  responsible  for  overseeing  the 
Group’s financial reporting process. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial 
statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level 
of  assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in 
accordance  with  ISAs  will  always  detect  a  material  misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. 

Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103, 
P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972 -3- 7954555, Fax: +972 -3- 7954556, www.pwc.com/il 

9696 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report97

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance97 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103, P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972 -3- 7954555, Fax: +972 -3- 7954556, www.pwc.com/il As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: – Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control; – Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control; – Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management; – Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern; – Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation; and – Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.  From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Maya Ben Shmuel. Tel Aviv, Israel Kesselman & Kesselman Certified Public Accountants (lsr.) A member firm of  PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited  Maya Ben Shmuel Partner  Tel Aviv, Israel 22 March 2022 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income
Income 

US dollars in millions 

Trading income 

Selling and marketing expenses 

Administrative and general expenses 

Operating profit 

Financial income  

Financial expenses  

Financial income, net 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit and comprehensive income for the year 

Basic earnings per share (In US dollars) 

Diluted earnings per share (In US dollars) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

Year ended 31 December 

Note 

4 

5 

6 

10 

11 

11 

2021 

718.7 

279.8 

54.3 

384.6 

10.4 

8.6 

1.8 

386.4 

75.8 

310.6 

3.06 

3.05 

2020 

872.5 

315.4 

43.5 

513.6 

16.6 

6.9 

9.7 

523.3 

23.2 

500.1 

4.71 

4.71 

9898 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

99

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance99Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report   As of 31 December US dollars in millions Note 2021 2020 Assets    Non-current assets    Property, plant and equipment 15 2.6 2.5 Goodwill and other intangible assets, net 23 28.0 – Right of use assets 20 5.6 6.0 Long-term other receivables  4.4 1.7 Total non-current assets  40.6 10.2 Current assets    Income tax receivable  – 6.1 Other receivables and others 14 32.7 10.0 Cash and cash equivalents 16 749.5 593.9 Total current assets  782.2 610.0 TOTAL ASSETS  822.8 620.2 Liabilities    Non-current liabilities    Lease liabilities (net of current maturities) 20 4.2 5.3 Share based compensation 9 0.3 1.8 Total non-current liabilities  4.5 7.1 Current liabilities    Share based compensation 9 7.3 7.4 Income tax payable  89.9 2.2 Other payables 17 41.7 22.8 Service suppliers 18 15.5 22.5 Current maturities of lease liabilities 20 2.0 1.6 Trade payables – due to clients 19 0.6 1.0 Total current liabilities  157.0 57.5 TOTAL LIABILITIES  161.5 64.6 Equity    Ordinary shares 22 0.3 0.3 Share premium  22.2 22.2 Cost of Company’s shares held by the Company 12 (207.5) (145.7) Retained earnings  846.3 678.8 Total equity  661.3 555.6 TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES  822.8 620.2     David Zruia Chief Executive Officer Elad Even-Chen Group Chief Financial Officer Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel Non-Executive Director and Chairman Date of approval of the consolidated financial statements by the Company’s Board of Directors: 22 March 2022. The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. Registered Company number (Israel): 514142140 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

US dollars in millions 

Balance at 1 January 2020  

Changes during the year ended 31 December 2020 

Profit and comprehensive income for the year 

Share based compensation 

Transactions with shareholders: 

Dividend 

Issue of treasury shares to settle equity share based compensations  

Acquisition of treasury shares 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

Changes during the year ended 31 December 2021 

Profit and comprehensive income for the year 

Share based compensation 

Transactions with shareholders: 

Dividend 

Issue of treasury shares to settle equity share based compensations  

Acquisition of treasury shares 

Balance at 31 December 2021 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

Ordinary 
shares 

Share 
premium 

Cost of 
Company’s 
shares held by 
the Company 

Retained 
earnings 

0.3 

22.2 

(57.0) 

318.6 

Total 

284.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

500.1 

500.1 

1.8 

1.8 

– 

0.1 

(88.8) 

(141.6) 

(141.6) 

(0.1) 

– 

– 

(88.8) 

0.3 

22.2 

(145.7) 

678.8 

555.6 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

310.6 

310.6 

4.9 

4.9 

– 

3.1 

(64.9) 

(144.9) 

(144.9) 

(3.1) 

– 

– 

(64.9) 

0.3 

22.2 

(207.5) 

846.3 

661.3 

100100 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

101

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance101Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report  Year ended 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Operating activities:   Cash generated from operations (see Note 26) 383.0 546.6 Income tax received (paid), net 16.3 (23.1) Interest received, net 6.2 5.2 Net cash flows provided by operating activities 405.5 528.7 Investing activities:   Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired (see Note 23) (32.5) – Purchase of property, plant and equipment  (0.8) (0.3) Net cash flows used in investing activities (33.3) (0.3) Financing activities:   Dividend paid to equity holders of the Company  (144.9) (141.6) Payment of principal in respect of lease liabilities (2.0) (1.8) Acquisition of treasury shares (64.9) (88.8) Net cash flows used in financing activities (211.8) (232.2)    Increase in cash and cash equivalents 160.4 296.2    Balance of cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 593.9 292.9 Gains (losses) from effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (4.8) 4.8 Balance of cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  749.5 593.9 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements
Statements 

Note 1 – General information 
Information on activities  

Plus500 Ltd. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”)  is  a 
global  multi-asset  fintech  group  operating  proprietary  technology-
based trading platforms. Plus500 offers customers a range of trading 
products,  including  Contracts  for  Difference  (“CFDs”)  and  share 
dealing, as well as futures and options on futures. The Company has 
developed and operates an online and mobile trading platform within 
the CFD sector, enabling its international customer base of individual 
customers  to  trade  CFDs  on  over  2,500  underlying  financial 
instruments internationally. Additionally, the Company has developed 
and operates a share dealing trading platform.  

The  Group’s  offering  is  available  internationally  with  main  market 
presence in the  UK, Australia, the US, the European Economic Area 
(“EEA”) and the Middle East and has customers located in more than 
50  countries  worldwide.  The  Group  operates  through  operating 
subsidiaries regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) in 
the  UK,  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission 
(“ASIC”) in Australia, the Cyprus Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“CySEC”) in Cyprus, the Israel Securities Authority (“ISA”) in Israel, the 
Financial  Markets  Authority  (“FMA”)  in  New  Zealand,  the  Financial 
Sector  Conduct  Authority  (“FSCA”)  in  South  Africa,  the  Monetary 
Authority  of  Singapore  (“MAS”)  in  Singapore,  the  Financial  Services 
Authority (“FSA”) in the Seychelles, the Commodities Futures Trading 
Commission  (“CFTC”)  in  the  US,  the  Estonian  Financial  Supervision 
Authority (“EFSA”) in Estonia (as of February 2022) and the Financial 
Services Agency (“FSA”) in Japan (as of March 2022). 

The  Company  also  has  a  subsidiary  in  Bulgaria  which  provides 
operational services to the Group. 

The Company has been listed since 2013. Since 2018, Plus500 Ltd. 
has  been  a  FTSE  250  listed  entity,  following  the  Company’s  shares 
being admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official List of 
the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange Main Market 
for listed securities. 

The address of the Company’s principal offices is Building 25, Matam, 
Haifa 3190500, Israel. 

Note 2 – Summary of significant accounting 
policies 
a. Basis of accounting and accounting policies 

The  Group’s  consolidated  financial  information  as  of  31  December 
2021 and 2020 and for each of the two years in the period ended on 
31  December  2021  are  in  compliance  with  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  that  consist  of  standards  and  interpretations 
issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IFRSs”). 

The  significant  accounting  policies  described  below  have  been 
applied  consistently  in  relation  to  all  the  reporting  periods,  unless 
otherwise stated.  

The financial information has been prepared under the historical cost 
in  respect  of  revaluation 
convention  subject  to  adjustments 
of financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  presented  at 
fair value. 

b. Going concern 

The  Group  has  considerable  financial  resources,  a  broad  range  of 
financial instruments, and a substantial active customer base which 
is diversified geographically worldwide. As a consequence, the Board 
of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that the Group is 
well placed to manage its business risks in the context of the current 
economic  outlook.  Accordingly,  the  Board  has  a  reasonable 
expectation  that  the  Group  has  adequate  resources  to  continue  in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Board therefore 
continues  to  adopt  the  going  concern  basis  in  preparing  these 
consolidated financial statements. 

c. Principles of consolidation 

The  Company,  from  an  accounting  perspective,  controls  the 
subsidiaries since it  is exposed to, or  has rights to, variable  returns 
from  its  involvement  with  the  entities  and  has  the  ability  to  affect 
those returns through its power over them.  

1) The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the 

Company and its subsidiaries. 

2) Intercompany  balances  and  transactions  between  the  Group’s 

entities have been eliminated. 

3) Accounting  policies  of  the  subsidiaries  have  been  changed 
where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted 
by the Group. 

d. Earnings per share 

Basic  earnings  per  share 
is  calculated  by  dividing  the  profit 
attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company  by  the  weighted 
average number of the Company’s ordinary shares in issue during the 
year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company and held 
as treasury shares.  

Diluted  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  adjusting  the  weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume exercise 
of  all  potential  dilutive  ordinary  shares.  The  instruments  that  are 
potentially dilutive ordinary shares are equity instruments granted to 
employees and service contractors (see Note 9). A calculation is done 
to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at 
fair value (determined as the average annual market share price of the 
Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription 
rights  attached  to  outstanding  equity  instruments.  The  number  of 
ordinary shares calculated as above is compared with the number of 
ordinary shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise 
of the equity instruments (see also Note 11). 

e. Segment reporting 

Operating  segments  are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the 
internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision  maker, who 
is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of 
the operating segments. 

As  stated  in  Note  1  above,  the  Group  operates  in  three  operating 
sectors:  CFD  trading;  share  dealing;  and  futures  and  options  on 
futures.  In  the  year  2021  the  Group  presents  its  operation  as  one 
operating segment. 

102102 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report103

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance103 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 2 – Summary of significant accounting policies continued f. Foreign currency translation 1) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial information of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars (“USD”), which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. 2) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions in currencies different from the functional currency (“foreign currency”) are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Gains and losses arising from changes in exchange rates are presented in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income among “financial income (expenses)”. g. Trading income Trading income represents Customer Income, which includes revenue from CFD Customer Income (customer spreads and overnight charges), Non-CFD Customer Income (commissions from the Group’s futures and options on futures operation and from the Group’s share dealing platform) and Customer Trading Performance, which includes gains/losses on customers’ trading positions, arising on client trading activity, primarily in CFDs on shares, indices, ETFs, options, commodities, cryptocurrencies and foreign exchange. Open client positions are carried at fair value and gains and losses arising on this valuation are recognised as trading income, as well as gains and losses realised on positions that have closed.  h. Share based compensation 1) Cash settled The Group operates a cash settled share based compensation plan, under which it receives services from employees and service contractors as consideration for Share Appreciation Rights  (“SARs”). The fair value of the employees and service contractors received in exchange for the grant of the rights are recognised as an expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. At the end of each reporting period, the Group evaluates the SARs based on their fair value as prorated over the period and the change in the prorated fair value is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 2) Equity settled The Group operates equity-settled share based compensation plans, under which it receives services from employees and service contractors as consideration for ordinary shares and Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”). The fair value of the services received by employees and service contractors in exchange for the grant of ordinary shares or RSUs are recognised as an expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  The fair value of equity settled share based compensation arrangements granted to employees and service contractors is recognised as employee benefit expenses and other related expenses applicable for the service contractors, with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted:  – including any market performance conditions (e.g. the Company's share price); – excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (e.g. profitability, sales growth targets and continuing to be employed or rendering services to the entity over a specified time period); and  – including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (e.g. the requirement for employees and service contractors to hold shares for a specific period of time).  The total expenses are recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of ordinary shares and RSUs that are expected to vest based on the non-market performance vesting and service conditions. The impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, is recognised with a corresponding adjustment to equity. i. Treasury shares Treasury shares are ordinary shares of the Company held by the Company and presented as a reduction of equity, at the consideration paid, including any incremental attributable costs, net of tax. Treasury shares do not have a right to receive dividends or to vote. The Board approves share buyback programmes. The share buyback programmes are funded from the Company’s net cash balances. The ordinary shares are being purchased at fair value (see Note 12). j. Current income tax Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted at the statement of financial position date in countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income.  Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and considers whether it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The Group measures its tax balances either based on the most likely amount or the expected value, depending on which method provides a better prediction of the resolution of the uncertainty. Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 2 – Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued 
k. Deferred income tax 

Deferred  income  tax  is  recognised,  using  the  liability  method,  on 
temporary  differences  arising  between  the  tax  bases  of  assets  and 
liabilities  and  their  carrying  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Deferred  income  tax  is  determined  using  tax  rates  (and  laws)  that 
have  been  enacted  or  substantially  enacted  by  the  statement  of 
financial  position  date  and  are  expected  to  apply  when  the  related 
deferred  income  tax  asset  is  realised  or  the  deferred  income  tax 
liability is settled. 

The  Group  recognises  deferred  taxes  on  temporary  differences 
arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the 
reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it 
is  probable  that  the  temporary  difference  will  not  reverse  in  the 
foreseeable future. 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised. 

l. Property, plant and equipment 

The cost of a property, plant and equipment item is recognised as an 
asset  only  if:  (a)  it  is  probable  that  the  future  economic  benefits 
associated with the item will flow to the Group; and (b) the cost of the 
item can be measured reliably. 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  historical  cost  less 
accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that 
is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items and only when 
the two criteria mentioned above for recognition as assets are met. 

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate 
the cost of property, plant and equipment less  their residual  values 
over their estimated useful lives, as follows: 

m. Financial instruments 

1) Classification 

The  Group  classifies 
measurement categories according to IFRS 9:  

financial  assets 

its 

in 

the 

following 

–  Those to be measured subsequently at fair value through profit and 

loss, and  

–  Those to be measured at amortised cost. 

The  classification  depends  on  the  entity’s  business  model  for 
managing  the  financial  assets  and  the  contractual  terms  of  the 
cash flows.  

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will be recorded 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  

Financial  assets  are  classified  as  current  if  they  are  expected  to 
mature  within  12  months  after  the  end  of  the  reporting  period, 
otherwise, they are classified as non-current. 

2) Recognition and derecognition 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised 
on trade  date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or 
sell the assets. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to 
receive  cash  flows  from  the  financial  assets  have  expired  or  have 
been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the 
risks and rewards of ownership. 

3) Measurement  

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair 
value  and  in  the  case  of  a  financial  asset  not  at  fair  value  through 
profit  or  loss  (“FVTPL”),  plus  transaction  costs  that  are  directly 
attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  the  financial  asset.  Transaction 
costs  of  financial  assets  carried  at  FVTPL  are  expensed  in  the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Financial  assets  with  embedded  derivatives  are  considered  in  their 
entirety  when  determining  whether  their  cash  flows  are  solely 
payment of principal and interest.  

Details on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined 
are disclosed in Note 25. 

Computers and office equipment 

Leasehold improvements 

10 

n. Cash and cash equivalents 

Percentage of 
annual depreciation 

6–33 

Leasehold improvements are depreciated by the straight-line method 
over  the  terms  of  the  lease  (including  reasonably  assured  options 
periods), or the estimated useful life (10 years) of the improvements, 
whichever is shorter. 

The asset’s residual value, the depreciation method and useful lives 
are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at least once a year. 

An  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  written  down  immediately  to  its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its 
estimated recoverable amount. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand,  short-term  bank 
deposits and other highly liquid short-term investments, the original 
maturity of which does not exceed three months. 

All of the regulated subsidiaries hold money on behalf of their clients 
in  accordance  with  the  client  money  rules  required  by  the  relevant 
regulatory  framework.  Such  monies  are  classified  as  “segregated 
in  accordance  with  the  regulatory  requirements. 
client  funds” 
Segregated  client  funds  comprise  client  funds  held  in  segregated 
client money accounts.  

Segregated  client  money  accounts  hold  statutory  trust  status 
restricting the Group’s ability to control the monies and accordingly 
such amounts are not reflected as Group assets in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. 

104104 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
105

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance105 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 2 – Summary of significant accounting policies continued o. Dividends Dividend distribution is recognised as a liability in the consolidated statement of financial position in the period which the dividends are approved by the Board. p. Employee benefits and pension obligations The Group operates various pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered pension funds. The Group has defined contribution plans. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.  The Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense commensurate with receipt from employees of the service in respect of which they are entitled for the contributions. The Group recognises an accrual and an expense for bonuses for senior management based on formulae that take into consideration specific financial and non-financial measures and for other employees based on management decision. q. Service suppliers Service suppliers are obligations to pay for services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Service suppliers are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. Service suppliers are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. r. Trade payables – due to clients As part of its business, the Group receives from its customers deposits to secure their trading positions, held in segregated client money accounts. Assets or liabilities resulting from profits or losses on open positions are carried at fair value. Amounts due from or to clients are netted against, or presented with, the deposit with the same counterparty where a legally enforceable netting agreement is in place and where it is anticipated that assets and liabilities will be netted on settlement. “Trade payables – due to clients” represent balances with clients where the combination of customers' deposits and the valuation of financial derivative open positions result in an amount payable by the Group. “Trade payables – due to clients” are reported in the consolidated statement of financial position and classified as current liabilities as the demand is due within one year or less. s. IFRS 16 – “Leases”  The Group’s leases include real estate lease agreements. At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group reassesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease only if the terms and conditions of the contract are changed.  At the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date, including, inter alia, the exercise price of the exercise options if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option. Simultaneously, the Group recognises a right of use asset in the amount of the lease liability. The lease term is the non-cancellable period for which the Group has the right to use an underlying asset, together with both the periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option and periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option. After the commencement date, the Group measures the right of use asset applying the cost model, less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses and adjusted for any remeasurement of the lease liability. Assets are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the right of use assets or the lease period, whichever is shorter. The depreciation periods for the real estate leases by the Group is between one to five years. Under IFRS 16 all leases are recognised as a right of use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. Payments associated with short-term leases of real estate and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less without an exercise option. t. Business combinations The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises: – fair values of the assets transferred; and – liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business. Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

v. Impairment of assets 

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life, are 
not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment, or 
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
they  might  be  impaired.  Other  assets  are  tested  for  impairment 
whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  An  impairment  loss  is 
recognised  for  the  amount  by  which  the  asset’s  carrying  amount 
exceeds  its  recoverable  amount.  The  recoverable  amount  is  the 
higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. 
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the 
lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows 
which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets 
or  groups  of  assets  (cash-generating  units).  Non-financial  assets 
other  than  goodwill  that  suffered  an  impairment  are  reviewed 
impairment  at  the  end  of  each 
for possible  reversal  of  the 
reporting period. 

Note 3 – Significant accounting estimates 
Considering uncertain tax positions 

The assessment of amounts of current and deferred taxes requires 
the Group’s management to take into consideration uncertainties that 
its  tax  position  will  be  accepted  and  of  incurring  any  additional  tax 
expenses. This assessment is based on estimates and assumptions 
based on interpretation of tax laws and regulations, and the Group’s 
past  experience.  It  is  possible  that  new  information  will  become 
known  in  future  periods  that  will  cause  the  final  tax  outcome  to  be 
different  from  the  amounts  that  were  initially  recorded.  Such 
differences  will  impact  the  current  and  deferred  income  tax  assets 
and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made. See 
also Note 2j and Note 10. 

Note 2 – Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued 
t. Business combinations continued 

Identifiable  assets  acquired,  and  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities 
assumed  in  a  business  combination  are,  with  limited  exceptions, 
measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

Over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded 
as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net 
identifiable  assets  of  the  business  acquired,  the  difference  is 
recognised directly in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income as a bargain purchase. 

u. Intangible assets 

1) Goodwill 

Goodwill  represents  the  surplus  of  the  consideration  that  has  been 
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary company, over the net 
amount  of  the  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  that  have  been 
acquired as at the time of the acquisition. 

Goodwill  on  acquisitions  of  subsidiaries  is  included  in  intangible 
assets.  Goodwill  is  not  amortised  but  it  is  tested  for  impairment 
annually,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 
indicate  that  it  might  be  impaired,  and  is  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash-generating  units  for  the  purpose  of 
impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating 
units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit 
from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. The units 
or groups of units are identified at the lowest level at which goodwill 
is monitored for internal management purposes. 

2) Licence 

Licence acquired in a business combination is recognised at fair value 
at the acquisition date. It has an indefinite useful life, is not subject to 
amortisation and is tested annually for impairment. 

3) Customer relationships and technology 

Customer  relationships  and  technology  acquired  in  a  business 
combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They 
have a definite useful life of five years and are subsequently carried at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

106106 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
107

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance107 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 4 – Trading income The trading income attributed to geographical areas according to the location of the customer is as follows:  Year ended 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 European Economic Area (“EEA”) 329.0 365.3 United Kingdom 88.9 109.9 Australia 61.6 112.0 Rest of the World 239.2 285.3  718.7 872.5 Note 5 – Selling and marketing expenses  Year ended 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Payroll and related expenses 21.4 18.0 Variable bonuses 8.8 4.8 Share based compensation 4.0 6.6 Commissions to media buying 20.7 16.9 Advertising and technology costs 151.4 204.2 Commissions to processing companies 40.8 53.0 Server and data feeds commissions 11.7 8.4 Other 21.0 3.5  279.8 315.4 Note 6 – Administrative and general expenses  Year ended 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Payroll and related expenses 11.6 8.0 Variable bonuses 5.4 6.8 Share based compensation 7.7 6.6 Professional and regulatory fees 18.5 14.6 Depreciation and amortisation 2.5 2.3 Other 8.6 5.2  54.3 43.5    Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 7 – Operating expenses 
The presentation below reflects the breakdown of operating expenses by nature of expense: 

US dollars in millions 

Employee benefits and other related expenses 

IT and technology costs 

Commissions to processing companies 

Advertising, marketing and commissions to media buying 

Professional and regulatory fees  

Depreciation and amortisation 

Other 

Year ended 31 December 

2021 

58.9 

38.2 

40.8 

145.6 

18.5 

2.5 

29.6 

334.1 

2020 

50.8 

55.3 

53.0 

174.2 

14.6 

2.3 

8.7 

358.9 

In the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020, IT and technology costs together with additional allocated other technological related costs 
were $58.4 million and $70.3 million, respectively. 

Note 8 – Auditors’ remuneration 

US dollars in millions 

Audit of Plus500 Ltd.’s consolidated financial statements 

Audit of Plus500 Ltd.’s subsidiaries 

Total audit fees 

Other assurance related services 

Tax compliance services 

Total non-audit fees 

Total fees 

Note 9 – Share based compensation  
a. Cash settled share based compensation programmes  

1) Background 

Year ended 31 December 

2021 

2020 

0.3 

0.3 

0.6 

0.3 

0.7 

1.0 

1.6 

0.2 

0.3 

0.5 

0.1 

0.2 

0.3 

0.8 

The Group grants Share Appreciation Rights to selected employees and service contractors (the “Grant”). 

The rights are settled in cash at the end of the period of two or three years following the Grant date for those who remain employed or continue 
to render services as service contractors by the Group. 

The rights represent the total Grant amounts divided by the average closing price of the ordinary shares of the Company on the Main Market 
over the course of the 60 trading days immediately preceding the dates of the Grant (the “Share Price on Grant Date”). 

As of the end of each period, the fair value of the rights is calculated by the total Grant amounts on grant date, multiplied by the average closing 
price of the ordinary shares of the Company on the Main Market over the course of the 60 trading days immediately preceding the end of each 
period (or the payout date) including dividends paid between the grant date and the end of each period (or the vesting date) divided by the Share 
Price on Grant Date, as prorated over the period. 

108108 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
109

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance109 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 9 – Share based compensation continued 2) The following table specifies the dates of grants and the grant rights as of each date Grant date Vesting date Share price  (GBP)*Number of  rights granted*Number of  employees 31 December 2019 31 December 2021 797.85 3,503 105 31 December 2019 31 December 2022 797.85 2,925 5 12 February 2020 12 February 2022 855.46 40 2 31 August 2020 31 August 2022 1,303.93 97 6 30 December 2020 30 December 2022 1,507.08 2,342 127 30 December 2020 30 December 2023 1,507.08 647 3 28 February 2021 28 February 2023 1,411.13 13 1 31 August 2021 31 August 2023 1,404.43 14 1 31 December 2021 31 December 2023 1,320.98 1,136 55 *Share price in GBP pence on grant date. 3) Cash settled share based compensation liability  As at 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Current liability 7.3 7.4 Non-current liability 0.3 1.8  7.6 9.2 4) Cash settled share based compensation expenses  Year ended 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Selling and marketing expenses 4.0 6.6 Administrative and general expenses 2.8 5.1  6.8 11.7 5) Cash settled share based compensation – number of rights outstanding  Number of rights  2021 2020 Opening balance as at 1 January 8,768 10,210 Rights granted 1,163 3,126 Rights vested (3,208) (3,668) Rights forfeited (1,051) (900) Closing balance as at 31 December 5,672 8,768 During 2021 and 2020, 3,208 and 3,668 rights were vested in total amount of $6.9 million and $8.6 million, respectively. The average vesting price based on GBP pence per granted right was approximately $2,160 and $2,351, respectively.   Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 9 – Share based compensation continued 
b. Equity settled share based compensation programmes  

Background 

The Group grants long-term incentive plans (“LTIPs”) to selected employees located outside of Israel and service contractors (the “LTIP Grants”). 

The Group grants Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) to selected employees located in Israel (the “RSUs Grants”). 

In respect of certain projects, the Group grants bonuses with a partial deferred element settled in ordinary shares of the Company to selected 
service contractors and employees (the “Deferred Bonuses”). 

During  2021  and  2020,  the  Group  recognised  $4.9  million  and  $1.5  million,  respectively,  as  expenses  in  respect  of  the  equity  share  based 
compensation plans and Deferred Bonuses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as administrative and general expenses. 
In 2020, an amount of $0.3 million was booked to retained earnings. 

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020, retained earnings include an amount of $3.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in respect of the equity 
share based compensation and Deferred Bonuses plans. 

1) LTIP Grants 

The following table specifies the dates of LTIP Grants and the number of ordinary shares as of each date, as granted for employees and service 
contractors. 

Grant date 

1 January 2019 

1 January 2020 

1 January 2021 

*Share price in GBP pence on grant date. 

Vesting date 

31 December 2021 

31 December 2022 

31 December 2023 

Share price  
(GBP)*

Number of ordinary 
shares granted on 
grant date 

Number of 
employees and 
service contractors 

1,370 

886 

1,450 

15,259 

75,627 

122,496 

1 

7 

7 

The 2019 LTIP Grant was subject to service condition and was not subject to any additional KPIs or conditions. The 2019 LTIP Grant was 
vested on 31 December 2021 and the Company issued 19,111 of its treasury shares. 

The 2020 LTIP Grant is subject to service condition and additional KPIs as follows: 

KPI 

TSR 

% 

40% 

DESCRIPTION 

TYPE OF CONDITION 

Subject to achieving the three-year FTSE 250 TSR target and calculated on a linear basis, with 30% 
payable upon achievement of median TSR for FTSE 250 and 100% payable upon achievement of upper 
quartile TSR for FTSE 250 

Market 

EPS 

40% 

Subject to achieving the three-year compounded annual EPS growth rate and calculated on a linear 
basis,  with  30%  payable  upon  achievement  of  5%  compounded  annual  EPS  growth  rate  and  100% 
payable upon achievement of 12% compounded annual EPS growth rate 

Performance 

HR 

20% 

Subject to achieving HR criteria related to churn and growth of specific departments 

Performance 

110110 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
 
111

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance111 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 9 – Share based compensation continued b. Equity settled share based compensation programmes continued The 2021 LTIP Grant is subject to service condition and additional KPIs as follows: KPI % DESCRIPTION TYPE OF CONDITION TSR 20% Subject to achieving the three-year TSR target and calculated on a linear basis, with 25% payable upon achievement of median TSR for bespoke group and 100% payable upon achievement of median TSR for bespoke group plus 10% per annum Market TSR 10% Subject to achieving the three-year TSR target and calculated on a linear basis, with 25% payable upon achievement of median TSR for FTSE 250 and 100% payable upon achievement of upper quartile TSR for FTSE 250 Market EPS 30% Subject to achieving EPS target, as set by the Board Performance Strategic 20% Subject to achieving strategic objectives, as set by the Board and related to growth through M&A, new products and new markets Performance Operational 20% Subject to achieving operational objectives, as set by the Board and related to customer growth and people objectives Performance The final number of ordinary shares to be allotted on the vesting date will be determined according to the share price at the grant date of 1 January 2021 and 2020, less the accumulated amount of dividends paid in cash during the vesting period. The fair value at grant date of the LTIP Grants is measured according to the value of the grant amount and expensed over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity, taking into account the best available estimate of the number of shares expected to vest under the service and performance conditions. On the vesting date the Company shall allot to the employee or service contractor, ordinary shares, subject to the service condition and achieving specific KPIs as described in the table above for each grant.  The number of ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date shall be calculated based on the ordinary share price at grant date as specified in the table above for each grant, as adjusted for dividends. The allotted ordinary shares will be transferred out of the treasury shares of the Company. The ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date, which are subject to a lock-up period, shall be subject to a two-year lock-up beginning on the vesting date. 2) RSU Grants The following table specifies the dates of RSU Grants and the number of units as of each date. Grant date Vesting date Share price  (GBP)*Number of  RSUs granted Number of  employees 1 January 2020 31 December 2022 886 116,045 8 1 January 2021 31 December 2023 1,450 160,926 8 *Share price in GBP pence on grant date. Each RSU represents the right to receive one ordinary share, par value of NIS 0.01 per share, subject to the terms and conditions of the grant as approved by the Board of Directors and in accordance with the provisions of the Capital Gain route under Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance and regulations (the “102 Capital gain Route”).   Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 9 – Share based compensation continued 
b. Equity settled share based compensation programmes continued 

In respect of the RSUs granted on 1 January 2020, the employees are entitled to the RSUs upon completing a three-year service period in 
addition to KPIs as follows: 

KPI 

TSR 

% 

40% 

DESCRIPTION 

TYPE OF CONDITION 

Subject to achieving the three-year FTSE 250 TSR target and calculated on a linear basis, with 30% 
payable upon achievement of median TSR for FTSE 250 and 100% payable upon achievement of upper 
quartile TSR for FTSE 250 

Market 

EPS 

40% 

Subject to achieving the three-year compounded annual EPS growth rate and calculated on a linear 
basis,  with  30%  payable  upon  achievement  of  5%  compounded  annual  EPS  growth  rate  and  100% 
payable upon achievement of 12% compounded annual EPS growth rate 

Performance 

HR 

20% 

Subject to achieving HR criteria related to churn and growth of specific departments 

Performance 

In respect of the RSUs granted on 1 January 2021, the employees are entitled to the RSUs upon completing a three-year service period in 
addition to KPIs as follows: 

KPI 

TSR 

% 

DESCRIPTION 

TYPE OF CONDITION 

20% 

Subject to achieving the three-year TSR target and calculated on a linear basis, with 25% payable upon 
achievement of median TSR for bespoke group and 100% payable upon achievement of median TSR 
for bespoke group plus 10% per annum 

Market 

TSR 

10% 

Subject to achieving the three-year TSR target and calculated on a linear basis, with 25% payable upon 
achievement of median TSR for FTSE 250 and 100% payable upon achievement of upper quartile TSR 
for FTSE 250 

Market 

EPS 

30% 

Subject to achieving EPS target, as set by the Board 

Strategic 

20% 

Subject to achieving strategic objectives, as set by the Board and related to growth through M&A, new 
products and new markets 

Performance 

Performance 

Operational  20% 

Subject to achieving operational objectives, as set by the Board and related to customer growth and 
people objectives 

Performance 

During 2021, 19,870 and 12,560 RSUs were forfeited in respect of the 2020 and 2021 grants, respectively. 

On the vesting date, the employees shall be entitled to a cash payment equal to the aggregate dividends paid in cash to shareholders that were 
payable in each grant vesting period with respect to the number of issued shares that were actually allotted to the employees on the vesting 
date with respect to the RSUs. 

The allotted ordinary shares will be transferred out of the treasury shares of the Company. On the vesting date, the shares will be transferred 
to a trustee by the Company. 

The ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date, which are subject to a lock-up period, shall be subject to a two-year lock-up beginning on the 
vesting date. 

3) Deferred Bonus grants 

The following table specifies the dates of Deferred Bonuses grants and the number of shares as of each grant date. 

The employees and service providers are entitled to the Deferred Bonuses upon completing a service period of one year and subject to achieving 
additional KPIs. 

The 2019 and 2020 Deferred Bonuses shall be paid in three equal instalments beginning on 31 December of the year after the vesting date, by 
way of allotment of ordinary shares of the Company. The number of ordinary shares allotted on any deferred payment date shall be calculated 
based on the ordinary share price on grant date, as adjusted for dividends. 

The 2021 Deferred Bonuses shall be paid in one instalment on 31 December of the bonus year, by way of allotment of ordinary shares of the 
Company. The number of ordinary shares allotted on the deferred payment date shall be calculated based on the ordinary share price on grant 
date, as adjusted for dividends. 

112112 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report113

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance113 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 9 – Share based compensation continued b. Equity settled share based compensation programmes continued Grant date Vesting date Share price  (GBP)*Number of  ordinary shares  on grant date Number of  employees and  service contractors 1 January 2019 31 December 2019 1,370 13,834 2 1 January 2020 31 December 2020 886 56,298 2 1 January 2021 31 December 2021 1,450 53,904 2 *Share price in GBP pence on grant date. On 31 December 2021 and 2020, the Company issued 5,780 and 5,280 of its treasury shares, in accordance with the Deferred Bonuses plan of 2019. On 31 December 2021, the Company issued 24,434 of its treasury shares, in accordance with the Deferred Bonuses plan of 2020. On 31  December 2021, the Company issued 58,062 of its treasury shares, in accordance with the Deferred Bonuses plan of 2021. The Company recognised the value of the issued shares on 31 December 2021 according to the fair value measured for each plan on 1 January 2019, 1 January 2020 and 1 January 2021, respectively. Note 10 – Income tax expense Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959  The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, generally referred to as the “Investment Law”, provides certain incentives for capital investments in production facilities (or other eligible assets) by “Industrial Enterprises” (as defined under the Investment Law). New tax benefits under the 2017 Amendment that became effective on 1 January 2017 (“2017 Amendment”)  The 2017 Amendment was enacted as part of the Economic Efficiency Law that was published on 29 December 2016, and is effective as of 1 January 2017. The 2017 Amendment provides new tax benefits, as described below, and is in addition to the other existing tax beneficial programmes under the Investment Law. The 2017 Amendment provides that a technology company satisfying certain conditions will qualify as a Preferred Technological Enterprise (“PTE”) and will thereby enjoy a reduced corporate tax rate of 12% on income that qualifies as Preferred Technology Income, as defined in the Investment Law. Dividends distributed by a PTE, paid out of Preferred Technology Income, are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority (“ITA”) allowing for a reduced tax rate). a.  Company taxation in Israel The full corporate tax rate in Israel for the years 2021 and 2020 is 23%. Under the 2017 Amendment, provided the conditions stipulated therein are met, technological income derived by Preferred Companies from “Preferred Technological Enterprise” (as defined in the 2017 Amendment), would be subject to reduced corporate tax rates of 12%. A Preferred Company distributing dividends from technological income derived from its PTE would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty). In May 2019, the Company obtained a tax ruling from the ITA and subject to the Company complying with the conditions stipulated by the tax ruling, which the Company met, and the Investment Law, the Company is considered as a PTE. At the beginning of July 2020, the Company received an approval from the Israeli Innovation Authority (“IIA”) that together with the tax ruling received from the ITA in May 2019, recognises the Company as a PTE for the years 2017, 2018 and 2019. Accordingly, the applicable tax rate for the preferred technological income of a PTE for these years was 12%. The Company is also considered as PTE for the years 2020 and 2021. As a result, the Company’s corporate tax rate for the years 2021 and 2020 is 12%. In January 2022, the Company’s status as a PTE, as accredited by the ITA under the tax regime in Israel, has been extended for the years 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026. Consequently, the Company’s corporate tax rate for each of these years will be reduced from 23% to 12% and the withholding tax rate applicable for dividends will be reduced from 25% to 20%, subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the ITA allowing for a reduced tax rate (see Note 27). In July 2020, the Company received approximately $47.0 million rebates (including interest) reflecting the reduced tax rate for FY 2018. In January 2021, the Company received approximately $30.0 million rebates (including interest) reflecting the reduced tax rate for FY 2017 and in August 2021, the Company received approximately $37.2 million in tax rebates (including interest) reflecting the reduced tax rate for FY 2019. Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 10 – Income tax expense continued 
b. Tax assessments 

The Company has final tax assessments up to the year 2019. 

The assessments of amounts of current and deferred taxes require the Group’s management to take into consideration uncertainties that its 
tax position will be accepted and of incurring any additional tax expenses. This assessment is based on estimates and assumptions based on 
interpretation of tax laws and regulations, and the Group’s past experience. It is possible that new information will become known in future 
periods that will cause the final tax outcome to be different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the 
current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the periods in which such determination is made. 

c. Corporate taxation in subsidiaries 

Subsidiary 

UK 

CY 

AU 

Principal tax rate 

2021 

19% 

12.5% 

30% 

2020  Tax regulation 

19%  Tax laws in United Kingdom 

12.5%  Tax laws in Cyprus 

30%  Tax laws in Australia 

Other Group subsidiaries do not have significant taxable income and the overall effect of the income of those subsidiaries on the Group’s tax 
expenses is immaterial. 

d. Deferred income taxes 

The deferred income taxes relate mainly to payroll and related expenses of the share based compensation plans (see Note 9). The deferred tax assets 
were computed in 2021 and 2020 at tax rates of 23% and 12%, respectively. 

e. Taxes on income included in the consolidated income statement for the reported years 

US dollars in millions 

Current taxes:  

Current taxes in respect of current year’s profits 

Tax income in respect of previous years 

Deferred income taxes: 

Change of deferred tax assets (see d above) 

Taxes on income expenses 

f. Reconciliation of the theoretical tax expense 

Year ended 31 December 

2021 

2020 

77.6 

0.5 

78.1 

(2.3) 

75.8 

78.7 

(55.1) 

23.6 

(0.4) 

23.2 

Following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  theoretical  tax  expense,  assuming  all  income  is  taxed  at  the  regular  corporate  tax  rate  applicable  to  a 
company in Israel (Note 10a above) and the actual tax expense: 

US dollars in millions 

Income before taxes on income, as reported in the consolidated income statement 

Theoretical tax expense in respect of this year’s income – at 23% 

Less tax benefits arising from preferred technological income in respect of the current year 

Decrease in taxes resulting from different tax rates applicable to foreign subsidiaries 

Impact of change in tax rates on deferred tax balances and temporary differences 

Decrease in taxes in respect of currency differences and expenses not deductible for tax purposes 

Tax income in relation to previous years 

Taxes on income for the reported period 

Year ended 31 December 

2021 

386.4 

88.9 

(4.3) 

(0.8) 

(2.8) 

(5.7) 

0.5 

75.8 

2020 

523.3 

120.4 

(33.8) 

(0.5) 

0.3 

(8.1) 

(55.1) 

23.2 

114114 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance115 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 11 – Earnings per share  Earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.  31 December  2021 2020 Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (US dollars in millions) 310.6 500.1 Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue*:   Basic 101,456,641 106,086,540 Dilutive effect of equity share based compensation 529,601 212,352 Diluted 101,986,242 106,298,892 Basic earnings per share (in US dollars) 3.06 4.71 Diluted earnings per share (in US dollars) 3.05 4.71 *After weighting the effect of the share buyback programmes. See Note 12. Note 12 – Cost of Company’s shares held by the Company The Board of Directors approves share buyback programmes. The share buyback programmes are funded from the Company’s net cash balances. Year ended 31 December Number of ordinary  shares purchased Aggregate purchase amount  (US $ in millions) Average price of  shares purchased 2020 5,584,528 88.8 £12.66 2021 3,406,211 64.9 £13.90 During the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020, the Company issued 179,537 and 5,280 of its treasury shares, respectively, in accordance with the various share based equity settled compensation grants (see Note 9). During the period starting 1 January 2022 and up to 21 March 2022, as the latest practicable date before the signing date of the consolidated financial statements (see Note 27), the Company purchased an additional 626,498 ordinary shares (or 0.5%) in the capital of the Company for an aggregate purchase amount of $12.0 million pursuant to these share buyback programmes. The ordinary shares were bought back at an average price of £14.25. Note 13 – Dividends  The amounts of dividends and the amounts of dividends per share for the years 2021 and 2020 declared and distributed by the Company’s Board of Directors are as follows: Date of declaration Amount of dividend  US $ in millions* Amount of dividend per share  US $ Date of payment to shareholders 12 February 2020 40.6 0.3767 13 July 2020 11 August 2020 101.0 0.9531 11 November 2020 17 February 2021 84.9 0.8292 12 July 2021 17 August 2021 60.0 0.5921 11 November 2021 On 15 February 2022, the Company declared a final dividend and a special dividend in the amounts of $37.8 million and $22.2 million, respectively (see Note 27). * Between the dividend announcement date and the record date of the dividend, the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares of the Company decreased as a result of the repurchase by the Company of ordinary shares during such period and the classification of such repurchased ordinary shares as treasury shares that are not entitled to dividends. However, this did not affect the dividend per share as announced on the dividend announcement date.   Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 14 – Other receivables and others 

US dollars in millions 

Securities 

Prepaid expenses 

Other 

As of 31 December 

2021 

18.2 

5.2 

9.3 

32.7 

2020 

– 

6.6 

3.4 

10.0 

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020, the total amount of prepaid expenses includes prepaid expenses related to the Company’s sponsorship 
agreements (see Note 21).  

As of 31 December 2021, the fair value amount of the securities was $18.2 million. 

All the financial assets included among current assets are for relatively short periods. Therefore, their fair values approximate or are identical 
to their carrying amounts. 

Note 15 – Property, plant and equipment 
Composition of assets, grouped by major classifications and changes therein in 2021 is as follows: 

US dollars in millions 

Cost 

Balance at beginning of year 

Additions 

Balance at end of year 
Accumulated depreciation 

Balance at beginning of year 

Additions 

Balance at end of year 

Depreciated balance as of 31 December 2021 

Depreciated balance as of 31 December 2020 

Note 16 – Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents by currency of denomination: 

US dollars in millions 

USD  

EUR 

GBP 

AUD 

ILS 

Other 

Gross cash and cash equivalents 

Less: segregated client funds 

Own cash and cash equivalents 

116116 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Computers and  
office equipment 

Leasehold  
improvements 

Other 

Total 

2.0 

0.6 

2.6 

1.6 

0.2 

1.8 

0.8 

0.4 

3.8 

0.2 

4.0 

1.9 

0.4 

2.3 

1.7 

1.9 

0.3 

- 

0.3 

0.1 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

0.2 

2021 

728.0 

181.2 

68.1 

54.0 

20.8 

47.4 

1,099.5 

(350.0) 

749.5 

6.1 

0.8 

6.9 

3.6 

0.7 

4.3 

2.6 

2.5 

As of 31 December 

2020 

543.3 

250.7 

91.2 

90.0 

18.1 

69.5 

1,062.8 

(468.9) 

593.9 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
117

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance117 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 17 – Other payables  As of 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Payroll and related expenses 24.6 19.0 Accrued expenses 16.4 3.6 Other 0.7 0.2  41.7 22.8 The financial liabilities included among other payables are for relatively short periods. Therefore, their fair values approximate or are identical to their carrying amounts. Note 18 – Service suppliers Service suppliers are comprised mainly of amounts due to advertising service suppliers, their fair values approximate or are identical to their carrying amounts. Note 19 – Trade payables – due to clients  As of 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Customers’ deposits, net*  350.6 469.9 Segregated client funds (350.0) (468.9)  0.6 1.0 * Customers’ deposits, net are comprised of the following:   Customers’ deposits  428.3 507.2 Less – financial derivative open positions:   Gross amount of assets (130.4) (123.8) Gross amount of liabilities 52.7 86.5  350.6 469.9 *The total amount of ‘Trade payables – due to clients’ includes bonuses to clients. Note 20 – Leases  The Group has real estate lease agreements. a) Right of use assets: Real estate leases US dollars in millions At 1 January 2020 5.3 Additions 2.4 Amortisation (1.7) At 31 December 2020 6.0 Additions 2.7 Disposals (0.6) Modification (0.7) Amortisation (1.8) At 31 December 2021 5.6  Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 20 – Leases continued  
b) Lease liabilities: 

Real estate leases 

At 1 January 2020 

Additions  

Interest expense 

Lease payments 

Exchange differences 

At 31 December 2020 

Additions  

Disposals 

Interest expense 

Lease payments 

Modification 

Exchange differences 

At 31 December 2021 

US dollars in millions 

5.7 

2.4 

0.2 

(1.8) 

0.4 

6.9 

2.7 

(0.7) 

0.2 

(2.0) 

(0.9) 

– 

6.2 

Note 21 – Commitments 
a. The Company and Club Atlético de Madrid, S.A.D. (“Atlético Madrid”) entered into a sponsorship agreement on 3 October 2017 under which 
the  Company  is  entitled  to  advertise  and  promote  itself  as  the main  sponsor  of  Atlético  Madrid  for  the  2018/19,  2019/20  and  2020/21 
seasons. On 24 April 2020 the Company and Atlético Madrid signed an extension of the agreement for the season 2021/22. 

b. The Company and Club BSC Young Boys Betriebs AG (“BSC Young Boys”) entered into a sponsorship agreement on 2 June 2020 under which 
the Company is entitled to advertise and promote itself as the main sponsor of BSC Young Boys for the 2020/21, 2021/22 and 2022/23 
seasons. 

c. The Company and Club Legia Waeszawa S.A (“Legia”) entered into a sponsorship agreement on 9 August 2020 under which the Company is 

entitled to advertise and promote itself as the main sponsor of Legia for the 2020/21, 2021/22 and 2022/23 seasons. 

d. The Company and Club Atalanta Bergamasca Calcio SPA (“Atalanta”) entered into a sponsorship agreement on 18 August 2020 under which 
the Company is entitled to advertise and promote itself as the main sponsor of Atalanta for the 2020/21, 2021/22 and 2022/23 seasons. 

Note 22 – Share capital  
Composed of ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value, as follows: 

Authorised 

Issued and fully paid 

Less treasury shares* 

Outstanding shares  

Number of ordinary shares  
as of 31 December 

2021 

2020 

300,000,000 

300,000,000 

114,888,377 

114,888,377 

(14,663,597) 

(11,436,923) 

100,224,780 

103,451,454 

*Number of accumulated ordinary shares that were purchased by the Company as part of the share buyback programmes, less issue of treasury shares. 

118118 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
119

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance119 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 23 – Goodwill and other intangible assets, net On 19 July 2021, Plus500US Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of all of the membership interests of Cunningham Commodities LLC. (“Cunningham”), a regulated Futures Commission Merchant (“FCM”), and Cunningham Trading Systems LLC. (“CTS”), a technology trading platform provider, operating in the futures and options on futures market (together, the “Acquisition”). The Acquisition consideration was funded from the Company’s existing cash balances and was paid on completion. Due to the timing of the transaction closing date, the fair values assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary, based on management’s estimates and assumptions and may be subject to change as additional information is received. The Company expects to finalise the valuation as soon as practicable, but not later than one year from the Acquisition date. According with the purchase price allocation, Goodwill and other intangible assets, net, comprises of: Licence of $24.2 million, Customer relationships of $1.9 million, Technology of $0.2 million and Goodwill of $1.7 million. The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the Acquisition are as follows:  US dollars in millions Cash 0.5 Other receivables 6.0 Long-term other receivables 0.4 Service suppliers (0.3) Other payables (1.6) Goodwill and other intangible assets, net 28.0 Net assets acquired 33.0 From the Acquisition date and up to 31 December 2021, the acquired business contributed approximately 1% out of the total Group revenues for the year ended on 31 December 2021. No impairment was recorded as of 31 December 2021. Note 24 – Related parties and key management a. Key management personnel definition: The Directors and other members of management are classified as Persons Discharging Management Responsibility (“PDMR”) in accordance with IAS 24 and the Market Abuse Regulation.  The Directors’ Remuneration Report discusses all the benefits and share based compensations earned during the year and the preceding year by the Directors.  b. Company’s liability in respect of related parties and key management services (part of Other payables):  As at 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Related party and key management liability 11.6 13.6 c. Expenses to related parties and key management:  Year ended 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 Payroll and related expenses and service fees (Selling and marketing expenses) 6.6 7.1 Payroll and related expenses and service fees (Administrative and general expenses) 10.0 13.5 Non-executive Directors fees (Administrative and general expenses) 1.1 0.6 The average number of key management personnel during the year was 21 (FY 2020: 23). Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 25 – Financial risk management 
The Group operates in the fields of CFDs and share dealing, as well as futures and options on futures. In the field of CFDs, the Group engages 
only with individual clients and offers CFDs referenced to shares, indices, commodities, options, ETFs, cryptocurrencies and foreign exchange. 
In the field of share dealing, the Group engages only with individual clients and offers a wide range of financial instruments comprised of the 
world’s most popular equities, listed on major exchanges worldwide. In the field of futures and options on futures, the Group engages through 
a subsidiary in the US which is an FCM that clears and executes futures contracts and options on futures contracts for customers. 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The 
Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse 
effects on the Group’s financial performance. 

a. Market risk 

The management of the Group deems this risk as the highest risk the Group incurs. 

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. This risk 
can be divided into market price risk and foreign currency risk, as described below. 

The Group’s market risk is managed on a Group-wide basis and exposure to market risk at any point in time depends primarily on short-term 
market conditions and the levels of client activity. The Group utilises market position limits for operational efficiency. Not all net client exposures 
are hedged and the Group may have a substantial net position in any of the financial markets in which it offers products. In 2021, the Group 
implemented targeted hedging, with a view to reducing market risk. This focused approach continues to be deployed in certain circumstances 
going forward, as and when appropriate. 

The Group’s market risk policy incorporates a methodology for setting market position limits, consistent with the Group risk appetite, for each 
financial instrument in which the Group clients can trade. 

These limits are determined based on the Group clients’ trading levels, volatilities and the market liquidity of the underlying financial product or 
asset class and represent the maximum long and short client exposure that the Group will hold without hedging the net client exposure. 

The Group’s real-time market position monitoring system is intended to allow it to continually monitor its market exposure against these limits. 
If  exposures  exceed  these  limits,  the  Group  either  hedges  or  new  client  positions  are being  offered  in  a  smaller  size  and  partially  could  be 
rejected under the Group’s policy. 

It is the approach of the Group to observe during the year the “natural” hedge arising from the Group’s global clients in order to reduce the 
Group’s net market exposure. 

The Group’s exposure to market risk at any point in time depends primarily on short-term market conditions and client activities during the 
trading day. The exposure at each statement of financial position date may therefore not be representative of the market risk exposure faced 
by the Group over the year. The Group’s exposure to market risk is determined by the exposure limits described above which change from time 
to time. 

1. Market price risk 

This is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument fluctuates as a result of changes in market prices other than due to the effect of 
transactional foreign currency exposures risk. 

The  Group  has  market  price  risk  as  a  result  of  its  CFDs  trading  activities  on  shares,  indices,  commodities,  options,  ETFs,  cryptocurrencies 
and foreign exchange, part of which is naturally hedged as part of the overall market risk management. The exposure is monitored on a Group-
wide basis. 

Exposure limits are set by the risk department and management for each financial instrument, and also for groups of financial instruments 
where  it  is  considered  that  their  price  movements  are  likely  to  be  positively  correlated.  The  exposures  are  being  reviewed  by  the  Risk  & 
Regulatory Committee. 

Daily profit on closed positions: 

US dollars in millions 

Highest profit 

Highest loss 

Average 

120120 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

2021 

16.0 

(3.9) 

1.9 

2020 

76.9 

(20.9) 

2.4 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
121

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance121 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 25 – Financial risk management continued a. Market risk continued 2. Foreign currency risk Transactional foreign currency exposures represent financial assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Group. Transaction exposures arise in the normal course of business. Foreign currency risk is managed on a Group-wide basis, while the Group exposure to foreign currency risk is not considered by the Board of Directors to be significant. The Group monitors transactional foreign currency risks including currency statement of financial position exposures, equity, commodity, interest and other positions denominated in foreign currencies and trades on foreign currencies. If the US dollar had strengthened by 1% in respect of balances denominated in other currencies, with all other variables unchanged, the exposure on income after taxes in respect of those balances would be a gain (loss) of:  As of 31 December US dollars in millions 2021 2020 EUR (0.1) (0.5) AUD (0.1) (0.9) GBP (0.1) 0.1 ILS (1.0) – The exposure in respect of balances denominated in other currencies is immaterial. b. Credit risk The Group operates a real-time mark-to-market trading platform with customers’ profits and losses being credited and debited automatically to their accounts. Under the Group's policy, customers cannot owe the Group funds when losing more than they have in their accounts, all customer accounts are pre-funded. Client credit risk – Client credit risk principally arises when a customer’s total funds deposited (margin and free equity) are insufficient to cover any trading losses incurred. In particular, customer credit risk can arise where there are significant, sudden movements in the market (e.g. due to high general market volatility or specific volatility relating to an individual financial instrument in which a customer has an open position). The Group’s offering is margin-traded. If the market moves adversely by more than the customer’s maintenance margin, the Group is exposed to customer credit risk. The principal types of customer credit risk exposures are managed by monitoring all customer positions on a real-time basis. If customers’ funds are below the required margin level, customers’ positions are liquidated (margin call). Institutional credit risk – The risk that financial counterparties will not meet their obligation, risking both client and the Group’s assets. The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets represents their maximum exposure to credit risk. The Group has no material financial assets that are past due or impaired as at the reporting dates. As of 31 December 2021 and 2020, counterparties holding the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, credit cards, client funds and deposits, have credit ratings as follows: Credit rating* 2021 2020 AA+ to AA- 21% 27% A+ to A- 73% 46% BBB+ to B+ 2% 25% Remaining counterparties  4% 2% * The financial institutions were rated by the same third party. Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 25 – Financial risk management continued 
b. Credit risk continued 

As of 31 December 2021 the amounts held by the remaining counterparties are held in several banks worldwide. The balance in each of those 
banks does not exceed 2% (2020: 1%) of total cash and cash equivalents, credit cards, client funds and deposits. 

The Group’s largest credit exposure to any single bank as of 31 December 2021 was $240.1 million or 22% of the exposure to all banks (2020: 
$217.1 million or 20%). 

c. Concentration risk 

Concentration risk is defined as all risk exposures with a loss potential which is large enough to threaten the solvency or the financial position 
of the Group. In respect of financial risk, such exposures may be caused by credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk or a combination or interaction 
of those risks. 

d. Liquidity risk  

Liquidity  risk  is the risk that the  Group will encounter difficulty in  meeting obligations arising from its financial liabilities that are settled by 
delivering cash or other financial assets. 

Liquidity risk is managed centrally and on a Group-wide basis. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure it will have sufficient 
liquidity to meet its financial liabilities when due, under both normal circumstances and stressed conditions. 

The Group’s approach is to ensure that there will be no material liquidity mismatches with regard to liquidity maturity profiles due to the very 
short-term nature of its financial assets and liabilities.  

A result of this policy is that short-term liquidity “gaps” can potentially arise in periods of very high client activity or significant increases in global 
financial market levels. 

The contractual maturity of the financial liabilities to service suppliers is generally up to two months. 

e. Capital management 

1) Plus500UK 

The UK Subsidiary is regulated by the FCA.  

The UK Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements (“Pillar 1”) and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks throughout the business (“Pillar 2”). The UK Subsidiary manages its regulatory capital through an Internal 
Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (known as the ICAAP) in accordance with guidelines and rules implemented by the FCA. Both Pillar 1 
and Pillar 2 assessments are compared with total available regulatory capital on a daily basis and monitored by the management of the Group.  

As at 31 December 2021 and 2020, the UK Subsidiary had £43.9 million and £41.8 million, respectively, of regulatory capital resources, which 
is in excess of both its regulatory capital requirement (Pillar 1) and the internally measured capital requirement (Pillar 2). 

2) Plus500CY 

The CY Subsidiary is regulated by CySEC.  

The CY Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements (“Pillar 1”) and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks throughout the business (“Pillar 2”). The CY Subsidiary manages its regulatory capital through an Internal 
Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment Process (“ICARA”) in accordance with guidelines and rules implemented by CySEC. 

The CY Subsidiary monitors on a frequent basis its Pillar 1 capital requirements and ensures that its capital position remains always above the 
minimum  regulatory  thresholds.  As  of  31  December  2021  and  2020,  the  regulatory  capital  of  the  CY  Subsidiary  was  €90.4  million  and 
€71.7 million, respectively, which is in excess of both its regulatory capital requirement (Pillar 1) and the internally measured capital requirement 
(Pillar 2).  

As of the 26 of June 2021, the capital adequacy and overall risk management requirements that applied to the Company, under the Capital 
Requirements Regulation & Directive (“CRR & CRDIV”) prudential framework, have been replaced by amended prudential rules. The Internal 
Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”) were replaced by ICARA. 

As at 31 December 2021 and 2020, Pillar 1 Capital Adequacy ratio was 174.1% and 111.8% respectively. Moreover, the Group is evaluating 
its overall  risk  profile  and  capital  position  through  its  internal  capital  adequacy  assessment  process,  which  is  performed  at  least  on  an 
annual basis. 

122122 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
123

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance123 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 25 – Financial risk management continued e. Capital Management continued  3) Plus500AU The AU Subsidiary is regulated by ASIC, FMA and FSCA.  The AU Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital required to support all material risks. The AU Subsidiary manages its capital through its Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”) assessment in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by ASIC and FMA and Capital Liquidity assessment in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by FSCA. As at 31 December 2021 and 2020, the AU Subsidiary held NTA of AUD 38.2 million and AUD 33.2 million, respectively, of regulatory capital, which is in excess of its NTA requirements from ASIC, FMA and FSCA. 4) Plus500SG The SG Subsidiary is regulated by MAS.  The SG Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital required to support all material risks. The SG Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by MAS. As at 31 December 2021 and 2020, the SG Subsidiary held regulated capital of SGD 8.3 million and SGD 7.8 million, respectively, of regulatory capital, which is in excess of its MAS requirements. 5) Plus500IL The IL Subsidiary is regulated by the ISA.  The IL Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital required to support all material risks. The IL Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by ISA. As at 31 December 2021 and 2020, the IL Subsidiary held regulated capital of $11.2 million and $10.2 million, respectively, of regulatory capital, which is in excess of its ISA requirements. 6) Plus500SEY The SEY Subsidiary is regulated by the FSA.  The SEY Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital required to support all material risks. The SEY Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by FSA. 7) Cunningham Commodities Cunningham Commodities is a Futures Commission Merchant (“FCM”) and is registered with CFTC and a member of the NFA.  As at 31 December 2021, the Cunningham Commodities Subsidiary had adjusted net capital of $22.0 million, which is in excess of CFTC Regulation 1.17 and the minimum capital requirements of the CME Group Inc. f. Other business risks The Group’s business is subject to various laws and regulations in different countries according to its activity and other countries from where the Company operates. Any regulatory actions, tax or legal challenges against the Group for non-compliance with any regulatory or legal requirement could result in significant fines, penalties, or other enforcement actions, increased costs of doing business through adverse judgement or settlement, reputational harm, the diversion of significant amounts of management time and operational resources, and could require changes in compliance requirements or limits on the Group’s ability to expand its product offerings, or otherwise harm or have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business. g. Fair value estimation Financial derivative open positions (offset from, or presented with, deposits from clients within “Trade payable – due to clients”) (see also Note 19) are measured at fair value through profit or loss using valuation techniques. The said valuation techniques are based on inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2). These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. Since all significant inputs required for the fair value estimations of the said instruments are observable, the said instruments are included in level 2. Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements continued
Statements continued 

Note 25 – Financial risk management continued 
g. Fair value estimation continued 

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments are based on quoted market prices at the consolidated statement of financial 
position date and an additional predetermined amount (trading spread).  

Note 26 – Cash generated from operations 

US dollars in millions 

Cash generated from operating activities 

Net income for the year 

Adjustments required to reflect the cash flows from operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Amortisation of right of use assets 

Lease modification 

Liability for share based compensation 

Settlement of share based compensation 

Equity share based compensation 

Taxes on income 

Interest expenses in respect of leases 

Exchange differences in respect of leases 

Interest income 

Foreign exchange losses (gains) on operating activities 

Operating changes in working capital: 

Decrease (increase) in other receivables and others 

Increase (decrease) in trade payables due to clients 

Increase (decrease) in other payables 

Increase (decrease) in service suppliers 

Cash generated from operating activities 

Year ended 31 December 

2021 

2020 

310.6 

500.1 

0.7 

1.8 

(0.2) 

6.8 

(8.4) 

4.9 

75.8 

0.2 

– 

(6.2) 

4.3 

79.7 

(16.9) 

(0.4) 

17.3 

(7.3) 

(7.3) 

383.0 

0.6 

1.7 

– 

11.7 

(5.2) 

1.8 

23.2 

0.2 

0.4 

(5.2) 

(8.3) 

20.9 

1.9 

0.8 

10.4 

12.5 

25.6 

546.6 

124124 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
125

Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual ReportStrategic ReportFinancial statementsGovernance125 Plus500 Ltd. 2021 Annual Report Note 27 – Subsequent events In January 2022, the Company’s status as a Preferred Technological Enterprise (“PTE”), as accredited by the ITA under the tax regime in Israel, has been extended for the years 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026 (see Note 10). In February 2022, the Group obtained an operating licence in Estonia, granted by the Estonian Financial Supervision Authority (“EFSA”).  On 15 February 2022, the Company declared a final dividend in an amount of $37.8 million ($0.3777 per share). The dividend record date is 25 February 2022 and it will be paid to the shareholders on 11 July 2022. On 15 February 2022, the Company declared a special dividend in an amount of $22.2 million ($0.2218 per share). The dividend record date is 25 February 2022 and it will be paid to the shareholders on 11 July 2022. On 15 February 2022, the Company declared the adoption of a share buyback programme to buy back an amount of up to $55.0 million of the Company’s ordinary shares, comprised of a regular new share buyback programme in the amount of $25.2 million and a special share buyback programme in the amount of $29.8 million. In March 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of EZ Invest Securities Co., Ltd., a Type 1 Financial Instruments Business Operator regulated by the Financial Services Agency in Japan. This acquisition was funded from the Company’s existing cash balances, with a non-significant consideration amount. Further information

Advisors

Sponsor and Broker 
Liberum Capital Limited  
Ropemaker Place  
25 Ropemaker Street  
London EC2Y 9LY, UK

Independent Auditors
Kesselman & Kesselman, a member 
firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers  
International Limited  
146 Derech Menachem Begin Street 
Tel Aviv 6492103, 
Israel

Financial PR
MHP Communications 
60 Great Portland Street  
London W1W 7RT, UK

Legal Advisor (Israel)
Herzog, Fox & Neeman 
Herzog Tower 
6 Yitzhak Sadeh Street 
Tel Aviv 6777504, 
Israel

Legal Advisor (United Kingdom)
Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP 
Governor’s House 
5 Laurence Pountney Hill 
London EC4R 0BR, UK

Depositary
Link Market Services Trustees Limited 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL, UK

Registrar
Link Market Services Limited  
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL, UK

Stay up to date

The latest Plus500 news, share price, financial documents 
and more can be found on our investor site:

Plus500.com

Plus500.com